{"title":"Skin Boosters \u0026 Ampoules","description":"\u003cp\u003eKorean skin boosters and mesotherapy ampoules — PDRN, PN, non-cross-linked HA and peptide complexes — for hydration, elasticity and skin-quality work. Supplied for professional use and shipped from Seoul with tracking.\u003c\/p\u003e","products":[{"product_id":"ammi-aqua","title":"Ammi Aqua","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAmmi Aqua\u003c\/strong\u003e is the medium gel in the Ammi hyaluronic acid (HA) filler range made by Beautiful Korea Co., Ltd. in South Korea. Each box holds one 1 mL pre-filled syringe with 20 mg\/mL cross-linked HA and 0.3% lidocaine. It is the all-round choice for moderate wrinkles, lips and soft contouring.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose the 10, 20 or 30 option above, and \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003econtact us\u003c\/a\u003e to confirm quantities and trade pricing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is Ammi Aqua made of?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAmmi Aqua is non-animal hyaluronic acid at 20 mg\/mL with 0.3% lidocaine mixed into the gel. It is made with Beautiful Korea's Nano Mesh Cross-linking (NMC) process. NMC refines the gel into very fine particles while keeping it cohesive, so a medium-viscosity gel still injects smoothly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eAmmi Hydro, Aqua, Crystal or Diamond — which one?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose by gel density. Aqua sits in the middle: firmer than Hydro, softer than Crystal.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eType\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHA\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGel\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNeedle\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTypical use\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ammi-hydro\"\u003eAmmi Hydro\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20 mg\/mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30G\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFine lines, lips, forehead lines\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAmmi Aqua\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20 mg\/mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMedium\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e27G\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNasolabial folds, marionette lines, lips, cheeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ammi-crystal\"\u003eAmmi Crystal\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20 mg\/mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDense\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e27G\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCheekbones, chin, deep folds\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ammi-diamond\"\u003eAmmi Diamond\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25 mg\/mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDense, higher HA\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAs supplied in the box\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModerate to deep wrinkles, chin, cheeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAll four contain 0.3% lidocaine and come as a 1 mL syringe. If you stock only one Ammi filler, Aqua covers the widest range of daily treatments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is Ammi Aqua used for?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAmmi Aqua is used for moderate wrinkles and soft volume. Typical areas are nasolabial folds, marionette lines, forehead wrinkles, lips, cheekbones and cheeks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow is Ammi Aqua injected?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAmmi Aqua is placed in the mid to deep dermis with a 27G needle. Common techniques are linear threading and fanning, injected slowly. The clinician decides the volume for each patient. The lidocaine in the gel reduces discomfort, and some clinics also apply a \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/anesthetics-ointments\"\u003enumbing cream\u003c\/a\u003e for lips.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow long does Ammi Aqua last?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDistributors report about 9 to 12 months. Results vary with the area, the amount used and the patient. Because it is HA, it can be dissolved with hyaluronidase such as \u003ca href=\"\/products\/liporase-inj\"\u003eLiporase\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow should Ammi Aqua be stored?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore at room temperature, away from sunlight, and do not freeze. Follow the temperature range and expiry date printed on the box.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuying Ammi Aqua from Korean Aesthetic\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe ship worldwide from Seoul to licensed practitioners, clinics and distributors. Payment is arranged with our team after you order. See our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/shipping-policy\"\u003eshipping terms\u003c\/a\u003e or browse all \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/dermal-fillers\"\u003eKorean dermal fillers\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor administration by trained, licensed medical professionals only.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eAmmi Aqua FAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho makes Ammi Aqua?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBeautiful Korea Co., Ltd., South Korea.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes Ammi Aqua contain lidocaine?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, 0.3% lidocaine is mixed into the gel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs Ammi Aqua a filler or a skin booster?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is a cross-linked HA dermal filler. It adds volume and fills folds; it is not a mesotherapy solution.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the difference between Ammi Aqua and Crystal?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBoth are 20 mg\/mL. Aqua is a medium gel for folds and lips. Crystal is the densest of the three 20 mg\/mL gels, for chin and cheekbone shaping.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan Ammi Aqua be dissolved?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. It is hyaluronic acid, so hyaluronidase breaks it down.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Korean Aesthetic","offers":[{"title":"10","offer_id":49124331258138,"sku":"","price":35.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"20","offer_id":49124331290906,"sku":"","price":32.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"30","offer_id":49124331323674,"sku":"","price":31.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0748\/5053\/3658\/files\/ammiaqua.jpg?v=1695800253"},{"product_id":"celosome-aqua-1","title":"Celosome Aqua","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCelosome Aqua\u003c\/strong\u003e is a hyaluronic acid (HA) skin booster from the Celosome range by ExoCoBio, South Korea. Each box holds five 2.5 mL pre-filled syringes of clear gel with 24 mg\/mL HA and 0.9% mannitol. It is used for skin hydration and biorevitalisation rather than for adding volume.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne box gives 12.5 mL in total, enough for several sessions. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003eContact us for trade pricing\u003c\/a\u003e on volume orders.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is Celosome Aqua made of?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCelosome Aqua contains two listed ingredients: non-animal hyaluronic acid at 24 mg\/mL and mannitol at 0.9% (9 mg\/mL).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHyaluronic acid\u003c\/strong\u003e binds water in the skin. It is the hydrating part of the formula.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMannitol\u003c\/strong\u003e is an antioxidant sugar alcohol. In HA products it is added to help protect the HA from breaking down too quickly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe gel is transparent, colourless and sterile. Aqua does not contain lidocaine, so many clinics apply a \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/anesthetics-ointments\"\u003enumbing cream\u003c\/a\u003e before treatment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCelosome Aqua vs Celosome fillers — what is the difference?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAqua treats skin quality; the four Celosome fillers treat lines and volume. They are not interchangeable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCelosome Aqua\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/celosome-soft-1\"\u003eSoft\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/celosome-mid-1\"\u003eMid\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/celosome-strong-1\"\u003eStrong\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/celosome-implant-1\"\u003eImplant\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eType\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSkin booster\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd colspan=\"4\"\u003eDermal filler\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePurpose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHydration, skin texture, fine lines\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFine lines, lips\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModerate folds\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDeep folds, contouring\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eChin, cheeks, jawline\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAdded ingredient\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.9% mannitol\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd colspan=\"4\"\u003e0.3% lidocaine\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBox\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 × 2.5 mL syringes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd colspan=\"4\"\u003e1 × 1.1 mL syringe\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is Celosome Aqua used for?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCelosome Aqua is used to hydrate and refresh skin that looks dry, dull or tired. Typical concerns are:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDry or dehydrated skin\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLoss of elasticity and early fine lines\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDull or uneven-looking skin\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFace, neck and other areas where skin quality has dropped\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is designed for superficial placement in the skin by a trained professional. Follow the manufacturer's instructions for use for technique, depth and volume per session.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow many sessions are needed?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSkin boosters are normally given as a short course rather than a single treatment. Clinics commonly plan a few sessions several weeks apart, then maintenance. The exact plan should follow the manufacturer's leaflet and the clinician's assessment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow should Celosome Aqua be stored?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore Celosome Aqua at room temperature, away from direct sunlight, and do not freeze it. Follow the temperature range and expiry date printed on the box. Each syringe is single use — do not keep an opened syringe for another patient.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuying Celosome Aqua from Korean Aesthetic\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe ship worldwide from Seoul to licensed practitioners, clinics and distributors. Payment is arranged with our team after you place the order. See our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/shipping-policy\"\u003eshipping terms\u003c\/a\u003e, or compare other \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/skin-boosters\"\u003eKorean skin boosters\u003c\/a\u003e such as \u003ca href=\"\/products\/rejuran\"\u003eRejuran\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor administration by trained, licensed medical professionals only.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCelosome Aqua FAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is in a box of Celosome Aqua?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFive pre-filled syringes of 2.5 mL each.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs Celosome Aqua a filler?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. It is a skin booster for hydration and skin quality. It does not add structural volume.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes Celosome Aqua contain lidocaine?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The listed ingredients are hyaluronic acid and mannitol.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy is mannitol added?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMannitol is an antioxidant that helps protect hyaluronic acid from early breakdown.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I order Celosome Aqua wholesale?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003eSend us\u003c\/a\u003e your quantity and destination country.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"upkeepskin","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46868461060378,"sku":null,"price":76.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0748\/5053\/3658\/files\/CelosomeAqua.jpg?v=1696058850"},{"product_id":"metoo-healer","title":"Metoo Healer","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMetoo Healer\u003c\/strong\u003e is a skin booster made by Maypharm in South Korea. It combines PDRN and hyaluronic acid with 53 supporting actives — vitamins, amino acids, coenzymes, nucleic acids, minerals and an antioxidant. This listing is for a box of ten 3 mL vials. Clinics use it to nourish and hydrate tired skin and to improve tone and texture.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003eContact us\u003c\/a\u003e for trade pricing and current stock.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is Metoo Healer made of?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMetoo Healer is built on PDRN and hyaluronic acid, plus a 53-part nutrient mix. The manufacturer calls the formula \"PDRN Boost CH\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGroup\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNumber\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNotes\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAmino acids\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e23\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInclude arginine, lysine and histidine\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVitamins\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInclude a B complex with niacinamide and biotin\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCoenzymes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSupport cell metabolism\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMinerals\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTrace elements\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNucleic acids\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBuilding blocks of DNA and RNA\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAntioxidant\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProtects against oxidative stress\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe manufacturer does not publish the concentration of each ingredient. Some suppliers quote 0.5% PDRN; check the box for the figures that apply to your batch.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is Metoo Healer used for?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe manufacturer says the formula is aimed at fibroblast function. It lists nutrient-rich hydration, a stronger skin barrier, support for skin regeneration, and better tone and texture. Clinics use it for dry, dull or tired skin, fine lines and enlarged pores.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow is Metoo Healer different from a plain PDRN booster?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA plain PDRN or PN booster such as \u003ca href=\"\/products\/rejuran\"\u003eRejuran\u003c\/a\u003e relies on DNA fragments alone. Metoo Healer adds hyaluronic acid and a broad vitamin and amino acid mix, closer to a mesotherapy cocktail. \u003ca href=\"\/products\/kiara-reju\"\u003eKiara Reju\u003c\/a\u003e sits in between, with PDRN, hyaluronic acid and niacinamide.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow is Metoo Healer used?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMetoo Healer is supplied in vials for use by a trained professional. The manufacturer lists it as an injectable skin booster. Many clinics apply a \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/anesthetics-ointments\"\u003enumbing cream\u003c\/a\u003e first, because the product is placed with many small injections. We do not publish depths, volumes or session plans for this product. Follow the manufacturer's instructions for use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow should Metoo Healer be stored?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore Metoo Healer as directed on the box, in its original packaging and away from direct sunlight. Do not freeze. The shelf life is printed on the box. Check the seal and the expiry date before use. Each syringe or vial is for one patient and one session only.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuying Metoo Healer from Korean Aesthetic\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe ship worldwide from Seoul to licensed practitioners, clinics and distributors. Payment is arranged with our team after you order. See our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/shipping-policy\"\u003eshipping terms\u003c\/a\u003e. Browse all \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/skin-boosters\"\u003eKorean skin boosters\u003c\/a\u003e. The Maypharm range also includes \u003ca href=\"\/products\/metox-100u\"\u003eMetox\u003c\/a\u003e. For trade pricing, \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003econtact us\u003c\/a\u003e with your quantity and destination country.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor administration by trained, licensed medical professionals only.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eMetoo Healer FAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho makes Metoo Healer?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMaypharm, South Korea.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is in the box?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTen 3 mL vials, as listed for this product. Check the pack details on the box you receive.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow many ingredients does Metoo Healer have?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePDRN and hyaluronic acid plus 53 supporting actives: 23 amino acids, 12 vitamins, 6 coenzymes, 6 minerals, 5 nucleic acids and 1 antioxidant.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs Metoo Healer a filler?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. It is a skin booster. It improves skin quality and does not add volume.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan people with a fish allergy have it?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePDRN is usually taken from salmon, so a known fish allergy is a reason not to treat. The treating doctor decides.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I order Metoo Healer wholesale?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003eContact us\u003c\/a\u003e with your quantity and destination country.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"upkeepskin","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46883032629530,"sku":null,"price":251.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0748\/5053\/3658\/files\/MetooHealer.webp?v=1695969620"},{"product_id":"p-cell","title":"P-Cell","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eP-Cell\u003c\/strong\u003e is a skin booster made by Mediable Co., Ltd. in South Korea. Each box holds five 3 mL vials of a concentrated PDRN-based solution. Clinics use it to calm and hydrate stressed skin and to support recovery after procedures.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003eContact us\u003c\/a\u003e for trade pricing and current stock.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is P-Cell made of?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eP-Cell is listed as a PDRN (polydeoxyribonucleotide) solution with hyaluronic acid. PDRN is a purified DNA fragment, usually taken from salmon. Hyaluronic acid holds water in the skin. The manufacturer does not publish concentrations in the trade information we could verify, so check the ingredient list printed on the box.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is P-Cell used for?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe manufacturer lists these skin concerns:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003every dry skin that needs hydration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ewrinkles and fine lines\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eredness left by acne\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003escars and skin that heals slowly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eirritated or stressed skin\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is a soothing, skin-quality product. It does not add volume.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow is P-Cell used?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eP-Cell must be used the way the manufacturer's instructions describe. The manufacturer's trade listing presents it as a soothing care essence, while some suppliers describe it as an injectable booster. Because the route is not confirmed, we do not publish an injection protocol. Read the leaflet in the box before use and follow it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow does P-Cell compare with other PDRN boosters?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe table shows where P-Cell sits next to PDRN products with a published composition.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eP-Cell\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/kiara-reju\"\u003eKiara Reju\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/syniro-pdrn\"\u003eSyniro PDRN\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFormat\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 mL vials\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.2 mL syringes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.2 mL syringes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eListed actives\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePDRN, hyaluronic acid\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePDRN 5 mg\/mL, HA 20 mg\/mL, niacinamide 1 mg\/mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePDRN 2%, HA 2%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaker\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMediable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBioPlus\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBNC Global\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow many sessions does P-Cell need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe manufacturer does not publish a fixed plan in the information we could verify. Soothing and repair products are normally used as a short course. The professional in charge sets the number of sessions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow should P-Cell be stored?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore P-Cell as directed on the box, in its original packaging and away from direct sunlight. Do not freeze. The shelf life is printed on the box. Use each vial for one person and one session, and discard what is left.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuying P-Cell from Korean Aesthetic\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe ship worldwide from Seoul to licensed practitioners, clinics and distributors. Payment is arranged with our team after you order. See our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/shipping-policy\"\u003eshipping terms\u003c\/a\u003e. Browse all \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/skin-boosters\"\u003eKorean skin boosters\u003c\/a\u003e, or see \u003ca href=\"\/products\/rejuran\"\u003eRejuran\u003c\/a\u003e for a polynucleotide option. For trade pricing, \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003econtact us\u003c\/a\u003e with your quantity and destination country.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor professional use only. Follow the manufacturer's instructions for use.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eP-Cell FAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho makes P-Cell?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMediable Co., Ltd., South Korea.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is in the box?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFive 3 mL vials.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat does PDRN stand for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePolydeoxyribonucleotide — purified DNA fragments used in skin-repair products.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs P-Cell injected?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFollow the instructions in the box. The route of use is not confirmed in the manufacturer information we could verify, so we do not publish an injection protocol.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs P-Cell a filler?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. It is a skin-quality product and does not add volume.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I order P-Cell wholesale?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003eContact us\u003c\/a\u003e with your quantity and destination country.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"upkeepskin","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46883033186586,"sku":null,"price":100.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0748\/5053\/3658\/files\/P-Cell.webp?v=1695969938"},{"product_id":"regenovue-aqua-shine","title":"Regenovue Aqua Shine","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRegenovue Aqua Shine\u003c\/strong\u003e is a hyaluronic acid (HA) skin booster made by NeoGenesis Co., Ltd. in South Korea. Each box holds three 3 mL pre-filled syringes of non-cross-linked HA at 15 mg\/mL. Clinics use it to hydrate dry, dull skin and give a fresh, even glow.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is a skin-quality treatment, not a volume filler. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003eContact us\u003c\/a\u003e for trade pricing and current stock.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eAqua Shine, Aqua Shine Plus or Regenovue PN — which one?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose by how long you want the hydration to last and whether you also want a repair ingredient. All three come from the same maker.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAqua Shine\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/regenovue-aqua-shine-plus\"\u003eAqua Shine Plus\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/regenovue-pn\"\u003eRegenovue PN\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMain ingredient\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNon-cross-linked HA, 15 mg\/mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMinimally cross-linked HA, 15 mg\/mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHA plus salmon polynucleotide (PN)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMain aim\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFast hydration and glow\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLonger-lasting hydration\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHydration plus skin repair\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaker's session plan\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAt least 3 sessions, monthly\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAt least 3 sessions, every 2 months\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4–5 weekly sessions, then every 2–3 months\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eStated duration\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOver 3 months\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOver 6 months\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 6 months\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSyringe\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAqua Shine is the lightest of the three. It suits first-time patients and regular \"glow\" sessions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is Regenovue Aqua Shine made of?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRegenovue Aqua Shine is purified, non-cross-linked hyaluronic acid at 15 mg\/mL. The maker lists no other active ingredient. Because the HA is not cross-linked, the gel is fluid and spreads evenly in the skin instead of forming volume.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is Regenovue Aqua Shine used for?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is used to improve skin hydration, texture and radiance. Typical patients have dry or tired-looking skin, fine dryness lines or a rough surface. It is used on the face and can also be used on the neck, décolleté and backs of the hands.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow is Regenovue Aqua Shine used?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRegenovue Aqua Shine is injected into the skin in many small deposits by a trained professional, by hand or with a multi-needle injector. Many clinics apply a \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/anesthetics-ointments\"\u003enumbing cream\u003c\/a\u003e first, because the product is placed with many small injections. Depth and volume per point should follow the manufacturer's instructions for use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow many sessions does Regenovue Aqua Shine need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe manufacturer suggests at least three sessions, one month apart. It states that the effect lasts more than three months. The plan can be changed to suit the patient's skin.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow should Regenovue Aqua Shine be stored?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore Regenovue Aqua Shine as directed on the box, in its original packaging and away from direct sunlight. Do not freeze. The shelf life is printed on the box. Check the seal and the expiry date before use. Each syringe or vial is for one patient and one session only.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuying Regenovue Aqua Shine from Korean Aesthetic\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe ship worldwide from Seoul to licensed practitioners, clinics and distributors. Payment is arranged with our team after you order. See our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/shipping-policy\"\u003eshipping terms\u003c\/a\u003e. Browse all \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/skin-boosters\"\u003eKorean skin boosters\u003c\/a\u003e, or compare with \u003ca href=\"\/products\/hyaron-1\"\u003eHyaron\u003c\/a\u003e, another non-cross-linked HA booster. For trade pricing, \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003econtact us\u003c\/a\u003e with your quantity and destination country.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor administration by trained, licensed medical professionals only.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eRegenovue Aqua Shine FAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho makes Regenovue Aqua Shine?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNeoGenesis Co., Ltd., South Korea.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is in the box?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThree 3 mL pre-filled syringes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs Aqua Shine a filler?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. It is a fluid, non-cross-linked HA skin booster. It hydrates the skin and does not add volume.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the difference between Aqua Shine and Aqua Shine Plus?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAqua Shine uses non-cross-linked HA. \u003ca href=\"\/products\/regenovue-aqua-shine-plus\"\u003eAqua Shine Plus\u003c\/a\u003e uses minimally cross-linked HA, which the maker says lasts longer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow long does Aqua Shine last?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe manufacturer states more than three months after a course of at least three sessions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I order Aqua Shine wholesale?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003eContact us\u003c\/a\u003e with your quantity and destination country.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"upkeepskin","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46883033612570,"sku":null,"price":55.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0748\/5053\/3658\/files\/RegenovueAquaShine.webp?v=1695970235"},{"product_id":"rejeunesse-sparkle-1","title":"Rejeunesse Sparkle","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRejeunesse Sparkle\u003c\/strong\u003e is the skin booster in the Rejeunesse hyaluronic acid range from South Korea. Each box holds three 2.5 mL pre-filled syringes. The gel contains 20 mg\/mL of cross-linked hyaluronic acid with 0.3% lidocaine. It has a very low viscosity, so it is used for surface hydration and fine lines, not for volume.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003eContact us\u003c\/a\u003e for trade pricing and current stock.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eIs Rejeunesse Sparkle a skin booster or a filler?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRejeunesse Sparkle is a skin booster. It uses cross-linked HA like a filler, but the gel is much thinner and is placed higher in the skin.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRejeunesse Sparkle\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eClassic HA dermal filler\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGel\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVery low viscosity and elasticity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFirmer, shape-holding\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePlaced in\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuperficial to mid dermis\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMid dermis to deep tissue\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAim\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHydration, texture, fine lines\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFolds, lips, volume, contour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSyringe\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.5 mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUsually 1 mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor folds, lips or contour work, see our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/dermal-fillers\"\u003edermal fillers\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is Rejeunesse Sparkle made of?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRejeunesse Sparkle contains 20 mg\/mL of cross-linked hyaluronic acid and 0.3% lidocaine. Cross-linking helps the HA stay in the skin longer than a free HA solution. The lidocaine numbs the area as you inject.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is Rejeunesse Sparkle used for?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is used to hydrate the upper skin and to soften fine surface lines, such as lines around the mouth and eyes and on the forehead. It is also used to improve dull, dry or rough skin.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow is Rejeunesse Sparkle used?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA trained professional injects small deposits into the superficial to mid dermis. The gel already contains lidocaine; for sensitive areas many clinics also apply a \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/anesthetics-ointments\"\u003enumbing cream\u003c\/a\u003e. Volume per point and the number of sessions should follow the manufacturer's instructions for use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow long does Rejeunesse Sparkle last?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe manufacturer information we could verify does not give a fixed duration. Suppliers often quote six to eight months. How long it lasts depends on the area, the amount placed and the patient.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow should Rejeunesse Sparkle be stored?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore Rejeunesse Sparkle between 2 and 25 °C, away from direct sunlight. Do not freeze. The listed shelf life is 24 months; check the date on the box. Each syringe is for one patient and one session only.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuying Rejeunesse Sparkle from Korean Aesthetic\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe ship worldwide from Seoul to licensed practitioners, clinics and distributors. Payment is arranged with our team after you order. See our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/shipping-policy\"\u003eshipping terms\u003c\/a\u003e. Browse all \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/skin-boosters\"\u003eKorean skin boosters\u003c\/a\u003e, or compare with \u003ca href=\"\/products\/regenovue-aqua-shine-plus\"\u003eRegenovue Aqua Shine Plus\u003c\/a\u003e, a lightly cross-linked HA booster. For trade pricing, \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003econtact us\u003c\/a\u003e with your quantity and destination country.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor administration by trained, licensed medical professionals only.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eRejeunesse Sparkle FAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is in the box?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThree 2.5 mL pre-filled syringes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes Rejeunesse Sparkle contain lidocaine?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, 0.3% lidocaine is mixed into the gel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the hyaluronic acid cross-linked?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. It is cross-linked HA at 20 mg\/mL in a very thin gel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan Rejeunesse Sparkle be used for lip volume?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. It is too thin to build volume. Use a dermal filler for lips.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan Rejeunesse Sparkle be dissolved?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. It is hyaluronic acid, so hyaluronidase such as \u003ca href=\"\/products\/liporase-inj\"\u003eLiporase\u003c\/a\u003e breaks it down.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I order Rejeunesse Sparkle wholesale?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003eContact us\u003c\/a\u003e with your quantity and destination country.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"upkeepskin","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46883034628378,"sku":null,"price":70.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0748\/5053\/3658\/files\/RejeunesseSparkle.jpg?v=1695971765"},{"product_id":"rejuran","title":"Rejuran Healer","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRejuran Healer\u003c\/strong\u003e is a polynucleotide (PN) skin booster made by PharmaResearch in South Korea. Each box holds two 2 mL pre-filled syringes of 2% PN, purified from salmon DNA. Clinics use it across the whole face and neck to improve skin texture, fine lines, pore size and elasticity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is the original product in the Rejuran range. We ship it from Seoul in original packaging. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003eAsk us about trade pricing\u003c\/a\u003e if you order in volume.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is Rejuran Healer made of?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe only active ingredient is polynucleotide at 2% (20 mg per mL). PN is a long chain of purified DNA fragments taken from salmon. There is no hyaluronic acid and no lidocaine in the syringe.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRejuran Healer is a skin booster, not a filler. PN binds water in the dermis and is reported to support fibroblasts, the cells that make collagen. The skin is not filled; it slowly becomes denser and smoother.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eRejuran Healer vs HB vs I vs S — which one do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose Healer for overall skin quality on the full face. The other three are the same PN idea adjusted for one job: comfort and hydration (HB), the eye area (I) or scars (S).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRejuran Healer\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/rejuran-hb\"\u003eRejuran HB\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/rejuran-i\"\u003eRejuran I\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/rejuran-s\"\u003eRejuran S\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFormula\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePN 2%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePN + hyaluronic acid + lidocaine\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePN 1%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePN 2%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBox\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 mL × 2 syringes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 mL × 1 syringe\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 mL × 1 syringe\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 mL × 1 syringe\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGel feel\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMedium\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSoft, more hydrating\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThin and fluid\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThick and dense\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMain use\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFull face and neck: texture, fine lines, pores, elasticity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDry or dull skin; patients who want less injection pain\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUnder-eye skin and crow's feet\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAcne scars and depressed scars, spot by spot\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLidocaine\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMany clinics pair two products in one visit: Healer for the face and \u003ca href=\"\/products\/rejuran-i\"\u003eRejuran I\u003c\/a\u003e for the thin skin under the eyes. For a patient with old acne marks, \u003ca href=\"\/products\/rejuran-s\"\u003eRejuran S\u003c\/a\u003e is placed under each scar and Healer is used on the skin around it. If a patient finds PN injections too sore, \u003ca href=\"\/products\/rejuran-hb\"\u003eRejuran HB\u003c\/a\u003e is the gentler option.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow many sessions of Rejuran Healer are needed?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMost published clinic plans use three to four sessions, three to four weeks apart, then one maintenance session every 6 to 12 months. The table below is a typical reference plan, not a rule.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eStage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTiming\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eUsual amount\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSession 1\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeek 0\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne 2 mL syringe for a full face\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSession 2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeek 3–4\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne 2 mL syringe\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSession 3\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeek 6–8\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne 2 mL syringe\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSession 4 (optional)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeek 9–12\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne 2 mL syringe\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaintenance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEvery 6–12 months\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne 2 mL syringe\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne box covers two full-face sessions, so two boxes cover a four-session course for one patient. The treating clinician sets the final plan.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow is Rejuran Healer injected?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is injected into the dermis with a fine needle, in a grid of small droplets about 1 cm apart. Each point takes a very small amount, often around 0.05 mL. Small raised bumps are normal and usually flatten within one to three days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe syringe has no anaesthetic, so most clinics apply a \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/anesthetics-ointments\"\u003enumbing cream\u003c\/a\u003e for 20 to 30 minutes first.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhen do results show and how long do they last?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eResults are gradual. Skin often looks more even and hydrated two to four weeks after a session, and improves further with each visit. After a full course, clinics commonly report results lasting around 6 to 12 months. This varies with age, skin condition and lifestyle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow should Rejuran Healer be stored?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore the box at room temperature as printed on the packaging, away from direct sunlight. Do not freeze. Check the expiry date and the seal before use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuying Rejuran Healer from Korean Aesthetic\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe ship worldwide from Seoul to licensed practitioners, clinics and distributors. Payment is arranged with our team after you order. See our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/shipping-policy\"\u003eshipping terms\u003c\/a\u003e. Browse all \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/skin-boosters\"\u003eKorean skin boosters\u003c\/a\u003e, or compare with \u003ca href=\"\/products\/kiara-reju\"\u003eKiara Reju\u003c\/a\u003e, another PN booster we stock. For trade pricing, \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003econtact us\u003c\/a\u003e with your quantity and destination country.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor administration by trained, licensed medical professionals only.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eRejuran Healer FAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho makes Rejuran Healer?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePharmaResearch Co., Ltd., South Korea.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs Rejuran Healer a filler?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. It is a polynucleotide skin booster. It improves skin quality and does not add volume.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow much is in one box?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTwo pre-filled syringes of 2 mL each, 4 mL in total.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes Rejuran Healer contain lidocaine?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. If you want PN with built-in lidocaine, see \u003ca href=\"\/products\/rejuran-hb\"\u003eRejuran HB\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eRejuran Healer or Rejuran I for under the eyes?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRejuran I. It is a thinner 1% PN gel made for the fine skin around the eyes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I order Rejuran Healer wholesale?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003eContact us\u003c\/a\u003e with your quantity and country for trade pricing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"upkeepskin","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46883035119898,"sku":null,"price":229.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0748\/5053\/3658\/files\/Rejuran.jpg?v=1695972099"},{"product_id":"rejuran-hb","title":"Rejuran HB","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRejuran HB\u003c\/strong\u003e is a skin booster from PharmaResearch in South Korea that combines salmon-derived polynucleotide (PN) with hyaluronic acid (HA) and lidocaine. Each box holds one 1 mL pre-filled syringe. Clinics choose it for dry, dull skin and for patients who find standard PN injections too sore.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCurrent stock is sold under the name Rejuran HB Plus, the version with lidocaine in the syringe. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003eContact us\u003c\/a\u003e for trade pricing and current stock.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is Rejuran HB made of?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRejuran HB has three ingredients: sodium polynucleotide, sodium hyaluronate and lidocaine hydrochloride. PN supports skin repair, HA holds water in the skin, and lidocaine numbs the area as you inject.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe exact strength of each ingredient is printed on the box. The HA is there for hydration, not volume, so Rejuran HB is a skin booster and not a filler.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eRejuran HB vs Healer, I and S — which one?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePick Rejuran HB when hydration and comfort matter most. Pick \u003ca href=\"\/products\/rejuran\"\u003eRejuran Healer\u003c\/a\u003e when you want PN alone at 2% for the full face.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/rejuran\"\u003eRejuran Healer\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRejuran HB\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/rejuran-i\"\u003eRejuran I\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/rejuran-s\"\u003eRejuran S\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFormula\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePN 2%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePN + hyaluronic acid + lidocaine\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePN 1%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePN 2%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBox\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 mL × 2 syringes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 mL × 1 syringe\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 mL × 1 syringe\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 mL × 1 syringe\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGel feel\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMedium\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSoft, more hydrating\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThin and fluid\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThick and dense\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMain use\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFull face and neck: texture, fine lines, pores, elasticity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDry or dull skin; patients who want less injection pain\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUnder-eye skin and crow's feet\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAcne scars and depressed scars, spot by spot\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLidocaine\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBecause HA and lidocaine share the syringe, HB carries less PN per mL than Healer. In return, the injection is much more comfortable and the skin gets an early \"water glow\" from the HA.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow is Rejuran HB used?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRejuran HB is injected into the dermis in small droplets across the treatment area. Clinics commonly plan three sessions, two to four weeks apart, with maintenance every 6 to 12 months. Small bumps at the injection points usually settle in one to two days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSupplier listings give the face, neck, décolleté and backs of the hands as treatment areas. The treating clinician decides the amount and the plan for each patient.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat results can patients expect?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePatients usually notice fresher, better-hydrated skin first, because HA works quickly. The PN effect on texture, fine lines and elasticity builds over the course. Clinics commonly report results lasting 6 to 12 months after a full course.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow should Rejuran HB be stored?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore the box as printed on the packaging, away from direct sunlight. Do not freeze. Check the seal and expiry date before use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuying Rejuran HB from Korean Aesthetic\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe ship worldwide from Seoul to licensed practitioners, clinics and distributors. Payment is arranged with our team after you order. See our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/shipping-policy\"\u003eshipping terms\u003c\/a\u003e. Browse all \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/skin-boosters\"\u003eKorean skin boosters\u003c\/a\u003e. For trade pricing, \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003econtact us\u003c\/a\u003e with your quantity and destination country.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor administration by trained, licensed medical professionals only.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eRejuran HB FAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho makes Rejuran HB?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePharmaResearch Co., Ltd., South Korea.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes Rejuran HB contain lidocaine?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Rejuran HB Plus has lidocaine in the syringe to reduce injection pain.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow much is in one box?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne 1 mL pre-filled syringe.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs Rejuran HB a filler?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. It is a PN and HA skin booster. It hydrates and supports skin repair but does not add volume.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eRejuran HB or Rejuran Healer?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHB for dry skin and low pain tolerance. Healer for a stronger PN-only treatment of the full face.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"upkeepskin","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46883035644186,"sku":null,"price":98.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0748\/5053\/3658\/files\/RejuranHB.jpg?v=1695972539"},{"product_id":"rejuran-i","title":"Rejuran I","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRejuran I\u003c\/strong\u003e is a polynucleotide (PN) skin booster for the eye area, made by PharmaResearch in South Korea. Each box holds one 1 mL pre-filled syringe of 1% PN from salmon DNA. Clinics use it on the thin skin under and around the eyes for fine lines, crepey texture and a tired look.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe gel is thinner than Rejuran Healer, so it spreads evenly where skin is delicate. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003eContact us\u003c\/a\u003e for trade pricing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is Rejuran I made of?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRejuran I contains polynucleotide at 1% (10 mg per mL) and nothing else active. There is no hyaluronic acid and no lidocaine. The lower strength and lower viscosity are what make it suitable for eyelid and under-eye skin.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eRejuran I vs Healer, HB and S — which one?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse Rejuran I for the eye area only. For the rest of the face, clinics use \u003ca href=\"\/products\/rejuran\"\u003eRejuran Healer\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/rejuran\"\u003eRejuran Healer\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/rejuran-hb\"\u003eRejuran HB\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRejuran I\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/rejuran-s\"\u003eRejuran S\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFormula\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePN 2%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePN + hyaluronic acid + lidocaine\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePN 1%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePN 2%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBox\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 mL × 2 syringes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 mL × 1 syringe\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 mL × 1 syringe\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 mL × 1 syringe\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGel feel\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMedium\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSoft, more hydrating\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThin and fluid\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThick and dense\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMain use\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFull face and neck: texture, fine lines, pores, elasticity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDry or dull skin; patients who want less injection pain\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUnder-eye skin and crow's feet\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAcne scars and depressed scars, spot by spot\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLidocaine\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA common plan is Healer for the full face and Rejuran I around the eyes in the same visit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat does Rejuran I treat?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRejuran I is used for fine lines under the eyes, crow's feet and thin, crepey eyelid skin. By making the skin slightly denser, it can also make dark circles caused by thin skin look less obvious. It does not fill a hollow tear trough. That needs a \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/dermal-fillers\"\u003esoft dermal filler\u003c\/a\u003e and a different technique.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow is Rejuran I used?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is injected very superficially into the dermis in tiny droplets with a fine needle. Supplier listings describe four sessions, two weeks apart, then maintenance about every six months. Small bumps are normal and usually settle within one to two days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe skin here bruises easily, so slow injection and small amounts per point matter. The treating clinician sets the plan.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhen do results show?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChanges are gradual. Supplier information reports visible improvement around four weeks after injection, building across the course.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow should Rejuran I be stored?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore as printed on the box, in a sealed container away from light. Do not freeze. Check the expiry date before use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuying Rejuran I from Korean Aesthetic\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe ship worldwide from Seoul to licensed practitioners, clinics and distributors. Payment is arranged with our team after you order. See our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/shipping-policy\"\u003eshipping terms\u003c\/a\u003e. Browse all \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/skin-boosters\"\u003eKorean skin boosters\u003c\/a\u003e, and add a \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/anesthetics-ointments\"\u003enumbing cream\u003c\/a\u003e since the syringe has no anaesthetic. For trade pricing, \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003econtact us\u003c\/a\u003e with your quantity and destination country.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor administration by trained, licensed medical professionals only.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eRejuran I FAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho makes Rejuran I?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePharmaResearch Co., Ltd., South Korea.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow strong is Rejuran I?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e1% polynucleotide, half the strength of Rejuran Healer, in a thinner gel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow much is in one box?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne 1 mL pre-filled syringe.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes Rejuran I contain lidocaine?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. Clinics usually apply a topical numbing cream first.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan Rejuran I replace a tear trough filler?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. It improves skin quality but does not replace lost volume.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"upkeepskin","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46883036332314,"sku":null,"price":98.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0748\/5053\/3658\/files\/eng_pl_Rejuran-I-lidocaine-1x-1-ml-35_1.jpg?v=1747460845"},{"product_id":"rejuran-s","title":"Rejuran S","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRejuran S\u003c\/strong\u003e is a polynucleotide (PN) injectable for scars, made by PharmaResearch in South Korea. Each box holds one 1 mL pre-filled syringe of 2% PN from salmon DNA in a thick, dense gel. Clinics place it under acne scars and other depressed scars, one scar at a time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is a spot treatment, not a full-face booster. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003eContact us\u003c\/a\u003e for trade pricing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is Rejuran S made of?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRejuran S contains polynucleotide at 2% (20 mg per mL). That is the same strength as Rejuran Healer, but the gel is much more viscous. The thicker gel stays where it is placed and gives the base of a scar some support. There is no lidocaine in the syringe.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eRejuran S vs Healer, HB and I — which one?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse Rejuran S only where there is a dent to lift. For general skin quality, use \u003ca href=\"\/products\/rejuran\"\u003eRejuran Healer\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/rejuran\"\u003eRejuran Healer\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/rejuran-hb\"\u003eRejuran HB\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/rejuran-i\"\u003eRejuran I\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRejuran S\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFormula\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePN 2%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePN + hyaluronic acid + lidocaine\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePN 1%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePN 2%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBox\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 mL × 2 syringes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 mL × 1 syringe\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 mL × 1 syringe\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 mL × 1 syringe\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGel feel\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMedium\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSoft, more hydrating\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThin and fluid\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThick and dense\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMain use\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFull face and neck: texture, fine lines, pores, elasticity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDry or dull skin; patients who want less injection pain\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUnder-eye skin and crow's feet\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAcne scars and depressed scars, spot by spot\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLidocaine\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMany clinics treat each scar with Rejuran S and the surrounding skin with Healer in the same course.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhich scars does Rejuran S suit?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRejuran S suits depressed (atrophic) scars such as rolling and boxcar acne scars. It is not designed for raised or keloid scars. Deep, tethered scars often respond better when the clinician first releases them with subcision and then places Rejuran S underneath.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow is Rejuran S used?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is injected into the dermis directly under each scar in small amounts. Clinics commonly plan three to four sessions, about four weeks apart. The thick gel can leave pinpoint swelling for two to three days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eStep\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat clinics commonly do\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBefore\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNumbing cream; subcision for tethered scars if needed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInjection\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSmall deposit under each scar base\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRepeat\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEvery 4 weeks, 3–4 sessions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaintenance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEvery 6–12 months if needed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe treating clinician decides the amount and the plan.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow should Rejuran S be stored?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore as printed on the box, away from light. Do not freeze. Check the seal and expiry date before use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuying Rejuran S from Korean Aesthetic\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe ship worldwide from Seoul to licensed practitioners, clinics and distributors. Payment is arranged with our team after you order. See our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/shipping-policy\"\u003eshipping terms\u003c\/a\u003e. Browse all \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/skin-boosters\"\u003eKorean skin boosters\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/anesthetics-ointments\"\u003enumbing creams\u003c\/a\u003e. For trade pricing, \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003econtact us\u003c\/a\u003e with your quantity and destination country.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor administration by trained, licensed medical professionals only.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eRejuran S FAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho makes Rejuran S?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePharmaResearch Co., Ltd., South Korea.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the difference between Rejuran S and Healer?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBoth are 2% PN. Rejuran S is a thicker gel in a 1 mL syringe made for scars; Healer is for the full face.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow much is in one box?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne 1 mL pre-filled syringe.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan Rejuran S be used on the whole face?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is not made for that. It is placed under individual scars.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow many sessions are needed?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eClinics commonly plan three to four sessions about four weeks apart.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"upkeepskin","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46883036889370,"sku":null,"price":98.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0748\/5053\/3658\/files\/REJURAN_s_SHPRIC.png?v=1747460566"},{"product_id":"regenovue-aqua-shine-plus","title":"Regenovue Aqua Shine Plus","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRegenovue Aqua Shine Plus\u003c\/strong\u003e is a hyaluronic acid (HA) skin booster made by NeoGenesis Co., Ltd. in South Korea. Each box holds three 3 mL pre-filled syringes of minimally cross-linked HA at 15 mg\/mL. It is the longer-lasting version of Aqua Shine, used to hydrate the skin and improve its texture.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is a skin-quality treatment, not a volume filler. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003eContact us\u003c\/a\u003e for trade pricing and current stock.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eAqua Shine Plus, Aqua Shine or Regenovue PN — which one?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose Aqua Shine Plus when you want hydration that lasts longer between sessions. Light cross-linking slows the breakdown of the HA.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/regenovue-aqua-shine\"\u003eAqua Shine\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAqua Shine Plus\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/regenovue-pn\"\u003eRegenovue PN\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMain ingredient\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNon-cross-linked HA, 15 mg\/mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMinimally cross-linked HA, 15 mg\/mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHA plus salmon polynucleotide (PN)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMain aim\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFast hydration and glow\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLonger-lasting hydration\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHydration plus skin repair\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaker's session plan\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAt least 3 sessions, monthly\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAt least 3 sessions, every 2 months\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4–5 weekly sessions, then every 2–3 months\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eStated duration\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOver 3 months\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOver 6 months\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 6 months\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSyringe\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMany clinics start a patient on Aqua Shine and move to Aqua Shine Plus for maintenance with fewer visits.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is Regenovue Aqua Shine Plus made of?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRegenovue Aqua Shine Plus is hyaluronic acid at 15 mg\/mL that has been lightly (\"minimally\") cross-linked. This keeps the gel soft enough to spread in the skin while helping it stay longer than free HA. The manufacturer's brochure lists no other active ingredient. Some suppliers mention lidocaine; check the box of the batch you receive.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is Regenovue Aqua Shine Plus used for?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is used to improve hydration, elasticity and surface texture, and to soften fine lines caused by dryness. It is used on the face, including the forehead, around the eyes and mouth, and on the neck.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow is Regenovue Aqua Shine Plus used?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA trained professional injects small deposits into the skin, by hand or with a multi-needle injector. Many clinics apply a \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/anesthetics-ointments\"\u003enumbing cream\u003c\/a\u003e first, because the product is placed with many small injections. Depth and volume per point should follow the manufacturer's instructions for use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow many sessions does Regenovue Aqua Shine Plus need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe manufacturer suggests at least three sessions, two months apart. It states that the effect lasts more than six months. The plan can be changed to suit the patient's skin.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow should Regenovue Aqua Shine Plus be stored?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore Regenovue Aqua Shine Plus as directed on the box, in its original packaging and away from direct sunlight. Do not freeze. The shelf life is printed on the box. Check the seal and the expiry date before use. Each syringe or vial is for one patient and one session only.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuying Regenovue Aqua Shine Plus from Korean Aesthetic\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe ship worldwide from Seoul to licensed practitioners, clinics and distributors. Payment is arranged with our team after you order. See our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/shipping-policy\"\u003eshipping terms\u003c\/a\u003e. Browse all \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/skin-boosters\"\u003eKorean skin boosters\u003c\/a\u003e. For lines that need real volume, see our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/dermal-fillers\"\u003edermal fillers\u003c\/a\u003e. For trade pricing, \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003econtact us\u003c\/a\u003e with your quantity and destination country.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor administration by trained, licensed medical professionals only.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eRegenovue Aqua Shine Plus FAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho makes Regenovue Aqua Shine Plus?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNeoGenesis Co., Ltd., South Korea.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is in the box?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThree 3 mL pre-filled syringes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the HA cross-linked?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, but only lightly. The maker calls it minimally cross-linked HA.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow is it different from Aqua Shine?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/regenovue-aqua-shine\"\u003eAqua Shine\u003c\/a\u003e uses non-cross-linked HA and is repeated monthly. Aqua Shine Plus is lightly cross-linked and is repeated every two months.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow long does Aqua Shine Plus last?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe manufacturer states more than six months after a course of at least three sessions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I order Aqua Shine Plus wholesale?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003eContact us\u003c\/a\u003e with your quantity and destination country.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"upkeepskin","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46883046949146,"sku":null,"price":55.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0748\/5053\/3658\/files\/RegenovueAquaShinePlus.jpg?v=1696141403"},{"product_id":"miracle-touch-br","title":"Miracle Touch BR","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMiracle Touch BR\u003c\/strong\u003e is a brightening skin booster from the Korean Miracle range. Each box holds 5 vials of 2 mL. The formula combines three oligopeptides, vitamin C, niacinamide, hyaluronic acid and the Brightening Complex XT80. It is made for skin with dark spots, uneven tone and dullness.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBR is the tone-focused product in the range. For firmness, see \u003ca href=\"\/products\/miracle-touch-up\"\u003eMiracle Touch Up\u003c\/a\u003e. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003eContact us for trade pricing\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is Miracle Touch BR made of?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMiracle Touch BR is built on peptides and vitamins rather than a filler gel. The main ingredients are:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOligopeptide-34, -50 and -51\u003c\/strong\u003e — biomimetic peptides used in brightening care to act on the melanin pathway.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrightening Complex XT80\u003c\/strong\u003e — a blend of amino acids and vitamins.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVitamin C\u003c\/strong\u003e — an antioxidant.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNiacinamide\u003c\/strong\u003e — supports an even tone and the skin barrier.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHyaluronic acid\u003c\/strong\u003e — holds water in the skin.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIndividual concentrations are not published, so we do not quote them.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is Miracle Touch BR used for?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is used to even out skin tone. Clinics choose it for sun spots, age spots, freckles, hormone-related discolouration and dull, dehydrated skin. It does not add volume and is not a filler.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eMiracle Touch BR vs the rest of the Miracle range\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePick by the main concern: tone, firmness or hydration.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMiracle Touch BR\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/miracle-touch-up\"\u003eMiracle Touch Up\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/miracle-h-1\"\u003eMiracle H\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/miracle-l\"\u003eMiracle L\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBase\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePeptides, vitamin C, niacinamide, HA\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePCL with HA\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePCL 20% + HA 1%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePCL 20%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMain aim\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrightening, even tone\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFirmness, texture, repair\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFirmness plus hydration\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFirmness\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePack\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd colspan=\"4\"\u003e5 × 2 mL vials\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBR and Touch Up are often paired in one plan: one for tone, one for firmness.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow is Miracle Touch BR used?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMiracle Touch BR is applied into the skin by a trained professional, using a mesotherapy technique or a microneedling device. It is used on the face, including cheeks, chin and jawline, and on the neck. A course of about six sessions is commonly described. Follow the manufacturer's instructions for use supplied with the box.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow long do results last?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eReported results last from around 6 months, with some distributors quoting up to 12. Brightening builds across the course rather than after one visit. Daily sun protection is essential, or pigment returns quickly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow should Miracle Touch BR be stored?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore at room temperature, between 1 and 30 °C, away from direct sunlight. Do not freeze. Check the expiry date on the box and use an opened vial straight away.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuying Miracle Touch BR from Korean Aesthetic\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe ship original boxes worldwide from Seoul to licensed practitioners, clinics and distributors. Payment is arranged with our team after you order. See our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/shipping-policy\"\u003eshipping terms\u003c\/a\u003e, or browse more \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/skin-boosters\"\u003eKorean skin boosters\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor administration by trained, licensed professionals only.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eMiracle Touch BR FAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat does BR stand for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrightening. It is the pigmentation-focused product in the Miracle range.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow many vials are in a box?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFive vials of 2 mL each.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes Miracle Touch BR contain PCL?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. Its listed actives are peptides, vitamin C, niacinamide and hyaluronic acid.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan it be combined with Miracle Touch Up?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the two are commonly used in the same treatment plan. The clinician sets the schedule.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I order Miracle Touch BR wholesale?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003eContact us\u003c\/a\u003e with your quantity and destination country.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"upkeepskin","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46883053306138,"sku":null,"price":86.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0748\/5053\/3658\/files\/Screenshot2025-05-17112954.png?v=1747449059"},{"product_id":"syniro-pdrn","title":"Syniro PDRN","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSyniro PDRN\u003c\/strong\u003e is a skin booster made by BNC Global in South Korea. It combines 2% PDRN (polydeoxyribonucleotide) with 2% high-molecular-weight hyaluronic acid. This listing is for a box of two 2.2 mL pre-filled syringes. Clinics use it to support skin repair and restore moisture in tired or damaged skin.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003eContact us\u003c\/a\u003e for trade pricing and current stock.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow does Syniro PDRN compare with other BNC Global boosters?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSyniro PDRN is the choice when you want PDRN and a strong dose of hyaluronic acid in the same syringe.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSyniro PDRN\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/elaxen-pdrn\"\u003eElaxen PDRN\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/juve-face\"\u003eJuve Face\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/juve-eyes\"\u003eJuve Eyes\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMain active\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePDRN 2% + HA 2%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePDRN + HA\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePN 2%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePN\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMade for\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRepair plus hydration\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eElasticity and hydration\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFace, neck, décolleté, hands\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSkin around the eyes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaker\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd colspan=\"4\"\u003eBNC Global, South Korea\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is Syniro PDRN made of?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe manufacturer lists two active ingredients:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePDRN 2%\u003c\/strong\u003e — purified DNA fragments. The maker describes them as building blocks for the synthesis of nucleic acids in skin cells.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHigh-molecular-weight hyaluronic acid 2%\u003c\/strong\u003e — holds water in the skin and supports the skin barrier.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSome suppliers also list niacinamide and peptides. We could not confirm these with the manufacturer, so check the full ingredient list on the box.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is Syniro PDRN used for?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe manufacturer says the product restores the activity of aged and damaged keratinocytes and fibroblasts. In practice it is used for dry, dull or stressed skin, loss of elasticity, uneven tone and a weak skin barrier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow is Syniro PDRN used?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSyniro PDRN is placed in the skin by a trained professional. Many clinics apply a \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/anesthetics-ointments\"\u003enumbing cream\u003c\/a\u003e first, because the product is placed with many small injections. We do not publish depths or volumes for this product. Follow the manufacturer's instructions for use supplied with the box.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow many sessions does Syniro PDRN need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePDRN boosters are normally given as a short course followed by maintenance sessions. The manufacturer's instructions and the treating clinician set the number of sessions and the gap between them.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow should Syniro PDRN be stored?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore Syniro PDRN as directed on the box, in its original packaging and away from direct sunlight. Do not freeze. The shelf life is printed on the box. Check the seal and the expiry date before use. Each syringe or vial is for one patient and one session only.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuying Syniro PDRN from Korean Aesthetic\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe ship worldwide from Seoul to licensed practitioners, clinics and distributors. Payment is arranged with our team after you order. See our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/shipping-policy\"\u003eshipping terms\u003c\/a\u003e. Compare other PDRN and PN boosters such as \u003ca href=\"\/products\/kiara-reju\"\u003eKiara Reju\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/products\/rejuran\"\u003eRejuran\u003c\/a\u003e, or browse all \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/skin-boosters\"\u003eskin boosters\u003c\/a\u003e. For trade pricing, \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003econtact us\u003c\/a\u003e with your quantity and destination country.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor administration by trained, licensed medical professionals only.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSyniro PDRN FAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho makes Syniro PDRN?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBNC Global, South Korea.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is in the box?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTwo 2.2 mL pre-filled syringes, as listed for this product. Check the pack details on the box you receive.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat does PDRN stand for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePolydeoxyribonucleotide — purified DNA fragments used in skin-repair treatments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs Syniro PDRN a filler?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. It is a skin booster. It improves skin quality and does not add volume.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the difference between PDRN and PN?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBoth are DNA fragments. PN chains are longer; PDRN chains are shorter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I order Syniro PDRN wholesale?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003eContact us\u003c\/a\u003e with your quantity and destination country.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"upkeepskin","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46883385278746,"sku":null,"price":100.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0748\/5053\/3658\/files\/SyniroPDRN.jpg?v=1695973524"},{"product_id":"ultrahilo","title":"UltraHilo","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUltraHilo\u003c\/strong\u003e is a hyaluronic acid (HA) skin booster made in South Korea. Each box holds one 2 mL pre-filled syringe with 64 mg of HA: 32 mg of high-molecular-weight HA and 32 mg of low-molecular-weight HA. Clinics use it to hydrate the skin and improve firmness on the face, neck, décolleté and hands.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003eContact us\u003c\/a\u003e for trade pricing and current stock.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is UltraHilo made of?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUltraHilo contains 64 mg of hyaluronic acid in 2 mL, split evenly between two chain lengths.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHA type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAmount per syringe\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRole\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHigh molecular weight (H-HA)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e32 mg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStays in the tissue and gives support\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLow molecular weight (L-HA)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e32 mg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpreads easily and hydrates\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTotal\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e64 mg in 2 mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e32 mg\/mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuppliers describe the product as free of chemical cross-linking agents. We could not confirm this with the manufacturer, so check the leaflet in the box.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is UltraHilo used for?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is used for skin that has lost moisture and firmness. Typical uses are fine lines, mild laxity and dull or thin skin on the face, neck, décolleté and hands. It improves skin quality. It is not made to build shape the way a filler does.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow is UltraHilo used?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUltraHilo is injected at only five points. The technique was designed to keep the number of needle punctures low. The product then spreads through the tissue from these points. Point placement, depth and volume per point should follow the manufacturer's instructions for use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow many sessions does UltraHilo need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA series of two treatments is recommended. Some effect is visible straight after the session, and the full effect appears after about four weeks. The treating clinician sets the gap between sessions and any maintenance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow is UltraHilo different from a classic skin booster?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA classic booster such as \u003ca href=\"\/products\/hyaron-1\"\u003eHyaron\u003c\/a\u003e has a lower HA strength and is given as many small injections across the whole area. UltraHilo is far more concentrated and is given at a few fixed points.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow should UltraHilo be stored?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore UltraHilo as directed on the box, in its original packaging and away from direct sunlight. Do not freeze. The shelf life is printed on the box. Check the seal and the expiry date before use. Each syringe or vial is for one patient and one session only.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuying UltraHilo from Korean Aesthetic\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe ship worldwide from Seoul to licensed practitioners, clinics and distributors. Payment is arranged with our team after you order. See our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/shipping-policy\"\u003eshipping terms\u003c\/a\u003e. Browse all \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/skin-boosters\"\u003eKorean skin boosters\u003c\/a\u003e, or see \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/biostimulators\"\u003ebiostimulators\u003c\/a\u003e for collagen-focused options. For trade pricing, \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003econtact us\u003c\/a\u003e with your quantity and destination country.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor administration by trained, licensed medical professionals only.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eUltraHilo FAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is in the box?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne 2 mL pre-filled syringe.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow much hyaluronic acid does UltraHilo contain?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e64 mg in 2 mL: 32 mg high-molecular-weight HA and 32 mg low-molecular-weight HA.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow many injection points are used?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOnly five injection points, to keep punctures to a minimum. Follow the placement shown in the instructions for use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow many sessions are needed?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA series of two treatments is recommended. The full effect appears after about four weeks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs UltraHilo a filler?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. It is a skin booster. It improves hydration and firmness and does not shape or volumise.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I order UltraHilo wholesale?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003eContact us\u003c\/a\u003e with your quantity and destination country.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"upkeepskin","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46883385409818,"sku":null,"price":91.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0748\/5053\/3658\/files\/UltraHilo.png?v=1695973741"},{"product_id":"snow-flower-bloom","title":"Snow Flower Bloom","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSnow Flower Bloom\u003c\/strong\u003e is a professional skin booster from South Korea that combines three well-known ingredients: PDRN (salmon DNA), hyaluronic acid and glutathione. Each box holds 5 vials of 2.5 mL. Clinics use it in skin booster and mesotherapy-style treatments for dull, dry or tired-looking facial skin.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne vial is used per session, so a box covers a typical five-session course. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003eContact us for trade pricing\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is Snow Flower Bloom made of?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSnow Flower Bloom has three main ingredients, each with a different job.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIngredient\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat it is\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhy it is included\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePDRN\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePolydeoxyribonucleotide, purified DNA fragments from salmon\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSkin conditioning and support for skin renewal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHyaluronic acid\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA water-binding sugar found naturally in skin\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHydration and a plumper, smoother surface\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGlutathione\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAn antioxidant tripeptide\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA brighter, more even-looking tone\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheck the box label for the full ingredient list and concentrations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is Snow Flower Bloom used for?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSnow Flower Bloom is used for skin that looks dull, dehydrated or uneven. Practitioners choose it when they want hydration and brightening care in the same product, rather than a single-ingredient booster. It is used on the face, including the forehead, cheeks and chin.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow is Snow Flower Bloom used?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSnow Flower Bloom is for professional use only. Follow the manufacturer's instructions for use supplied with the box for the method of application, and work within the rules for your licence and country. Use one vial per client and discard anything left over.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow many sessions are usual?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA course is usually 4 to 5 sessions, spaced two to three weeks apart. Maintenance sessions can follow every few months. Results vary with skin condition, age and aftercare.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow does it compare with other PDRN boosters?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSnow Flower Bloom adds glutathione to the PDRN and hyaluronic acid base, so its focus leans towards tone and glow. If you want a polynucleotide-led product, look at \u003ca href=\"\/products\/ultra-reju\"\u003eUltra Reju\u003c\/a\u003e (PN + PDRN), \u003ca href=\"\/products\/rejuran\"\u003eRejuran\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca href=\"\/products\/kiara-reju\"\u003eKiara Reju\u003c\/a\u003e. For a brightening-led formula with peptides, see \u003ca href=\"\/products\/ultra-white\"\u003eUltra White\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow should Snow Flower Bloom be stored?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore the box in a cool, dry place away from direct sunlight. Do not freeze. The expiry date is printed on the box.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuying Snow Flower Bloom from Korean Aesthetic\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe ship worldwide from Seoul to licensed practitioners, clinics and distributors. Payment is arranged with our team after you order. See our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/shipping-policy\"\u003eshipping terms\u003c\/a\u003e or browse all \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/skin-boosters\"\u003eKorean skin boosters\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor professional use by trained, licensed practitioners only.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSnow Flower Bloom FAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is in a box of Snow Flower Bloom?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFive vials of 2.5 mL each.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat are the main ingredients?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePDRN (salmon DNA), hyaluronic acid and glutathione.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow many sessions are in a course?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUsually 4 to 5, two to three weeks apart.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich areas is it used on?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe face, including forehead, cheeks and chin.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I order it wholesale?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003eContact us\u003c\/a\u003e with your quantity and destination country.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"upkeepskin","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46883396223258,"sku":null,"price":86.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0748\/5053\/3658\/files\/SnowFlowerBloom.jpg?v=1696054594"},{"product_id":"ultra-reju","title":"Ultra Reju","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUltra Reju\u003c\/strong\u003e is a professional skin booster from the Korean brand CosmoDerma. It pairs two DNA-derived ingredients — polynucleotides (PN) and polydeoxyribonucleotides (PDRN) — in one solution. Each box holds 5 vials of 3 mL. Clinics use it in facial skin rejuvenation treatments for skin that looks thin, dry, lined or uneven.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne vial is used per session. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003eContact us for trade pricing\u003c\/a\u003e on box quantities.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is Ultra Reju made of?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUltra Reju is built on two related ingredients, both made from purified fish DNA.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIngredient\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eListed strength\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat it is\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePolynucleotides (PN)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLonger DNA chains that hold water and give the solution its body\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePolydeoxyribonucleotides (PDRN)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShorter DNA fragments widely used in Korean skin boosters for skin renewal care\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStrengths are as listed for the product; check the box label for the full ingredient list.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003ePN vs PDRN — what is the difference?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePN and PDRN are the same kind of molecule in different chain lengths. PN chains are longer and more viscous, so they are linked with hydration and skin texture. PDRN fragments are shorter and are linked with skin conditioning and recovery care. Ultra Reju combines both instead of offering only one.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is Ultra Reju used for?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUltra Reju is used for general facial skin quality: fine lines, loss of bounce, rough texture, visible pores and dull tone. It is used on the forehead, cheeks, chin and around the eyes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow is Ultra Reju used?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUltra Reju is for professional use only. Follow the manufacturer's instructions for use supplied with the box for the method of application, and work within the rules for your licence and country. Use one vial per client and discard anything left over.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA course is commonly three sessions, two to three weeks apart, with maintenance every 6 to 12 months. Results vary with skin condition, age and aftercare.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eUltra Reju vs Ultra White — which one?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose Ultra Reju for skin quality and recovery care, and Ultra White when tone and pigmentation are the main concern. Both are CosmoDerma boosters in 5 × 3 mL boxes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eUltra Reju\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ultra-white\"\u003eUltra White\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFocus\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRejuvenation, texture, elasticity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrightening, uneven tone\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eKey ingredients\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePN and PDRN\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePeptides, glutathione, vitamin C, niacinamide, arbutin\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePack\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 mL × 5 vials\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 mL × 5 vials\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOther polynucleotide options we stock include \u003ca href=\"\/products\/rejuran\"\u003eRejuran\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/products\/kiara-reju\"\u003eKiara Reju\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow should Ultra Reju be stored?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore the box in a cool, dry place away from direct sunlight. Do not freeze. The expiry date is printed on the box.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuying Ultra Reju from Korean Aesthetic\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe ship worldwide from Seoul to licensed practitioners, clinics and distributors. Payment is arranged with our team after you order. See our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/shipping-policy\"\u003eshipping terms\u003c\/a\u003e or browse all \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/skin-boosters\"\u003eKorean skin boosters\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor professional use by trained, licensed practitioners only.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eUltra Reju FAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is in a box of Ultra Reju?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFive vials of 3 mL each.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat are the main ingredients?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePolynucleotides (PN) and polydeoxyribonucleotides (PDRN).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow many sessions are in a course?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCommonly three, two to three weeks apart.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich areas is it used on?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe face, including forehead, cheeks, chin and the eye area.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I order it wholesale?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003eContact us\u003c\/a\u003e with your quantity and destination country.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"upkeepskin","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46883396354330,"sku":null,"price":106.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0748\/5053\/3658\/files\/UltraReju.jpg?v=1696054451"},{"product_id":"ultra-white","title":"Ultra White","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUltra White\u003c\/strong\u003e is a professional brightening skin booster from the Korean brand CosmoDerma. It is a multi-ingredient solution of peptides, antioxidants and vitamins, supplied as 5 vials of 3 mL per box. Clinics use it in skin booster treatments for dull tone, dark spots and uneven-looking skin.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne vial is used per session. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003eContact us for trade pricing\u003c\/a\u003e on box quantities.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is Ultra White made of?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUltra White combines tone-care ingredients with peptides and hydrators. The formula lists the following.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGroup\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIngredients\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhy they are included\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTone care\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTranexamoyl dipeptide-23, glutathione, vitamin C, arbutin, niacinamide\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFor a brighter, more even-looking tone\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePeptides\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOligopeptide-2, polypeptide-1, tetrapeptide\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSkin conditioning and a firmer feel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRepair and moisture\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSodium DNA, N-acetyl glucosamine, pantothenic acid (vitamin B5)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHydration and comfort\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheck the box label for the full ingredient list and order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is Ultra White used for?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUltra White is used when uneven tone is the main concern: dullness, dark spots, marks left after blemishes and a tired look around the eyes. It is used on the full face, including the chin and eye area.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow is Ultra White used?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUltra White is for professional use only. Follow the manufacturer's instructions for use supplied with the box for the method of application, and work within the rules for your licence and country. Use one vial per client and discard anything left over.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrightening care takes time. A course is commonly at least six sessions over about three months, followed by maintenance every two to six months. Daily sunscreen matters as much as the treatment itself, because sun exposure brings pigmentation back.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eUltra White vs Ultra Reju — which one?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose Ultra White when tone and pigmentation come first, and Ultra Reju for overall skin quality. Both are CosmoDerma boosters in 5 × 3 mL boxes, and some clinics alternate them in one plan.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eUltra White\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ultra-reju\"\u003eUltra Reju\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFocus\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrightening, uneven tone\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRejuvenation, texture, elasticity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eKey ingredients\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePeptides, glutathione, vitamin C, niacinamide, arbutin\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePN and PDRN\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePack\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 mL × 5 vials\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 mL × 5 vials\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAnother glutathione-based option in our range is \u003ca href=\"\/products\/snow-flower-bloom\"\u003eSnow Flower Bloom\u003c\/a\u003e, which adds PDRN and hyaluronic acid.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow should Ultra White be stored?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore the box in a cool, dry place away from direct sunlight. Do not freeze. Vitamin C and glutathione are sensitive to heat and light, so keep vials in the box until use. The expiry date is printed on the box.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuying Ultra White from Korean Aesthetic\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe ship worldwide from Seoul to licensed practitioners, clinics and distributors. Payment is arranged with our team after you order. See our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/shipping-policy\"\u003eshipping terms\u003c\/a\u003e or browse all \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/skin-boosters\"\u003eKorean skin boosters\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor professional use by trained, licensed practitioners only.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eUltra White FAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is in a box of Ultra White?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFive vials of 3 mL each.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat are the main brightening ingredients?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTranexamoyl dipeptide-23, glutathione, vitamin C, arbutin and niacinamide.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow many sessions are in a course?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCommonly at least six over about three months.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich areas is it used on?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe full face, including the chin and eye area.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I order it wholesale?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003eContact us\u003c\/a\u003e with your quantity and destination country.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"upkeepskin","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46883396550938,"sku":null,"price":96.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0748\/5053\/3658\/files\/UltraWhite.jpg?v=1696053996"},{"product_id":"velatox-gf11","title":"Velatox GF11","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eVelatox GF11\u003c\/strong\u003e is a professional skin booster from South Korea built around 11 cell growth factors, peptides and vitamin C. Each box holds 5 vials of 3 mL Velatox and 2 vials of 10 mL Velasem, a soothing after-treatment solution. Velatox is applied to the skin and worked in with a micro-needle therapy system (MTS). It is not an injectable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSkin clinics and beauticians use it for fine lines, loss of firmness and dull tone. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003eContact us for trade pricing\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is Velatox GF11 made of?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eVelatox GF11 is a water-based solution of growth factors and peptides. The formula lists:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth factors:\u003c\/strong\u003e a complex of 11, including EGF and FGF.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePeptides:\u003c\/strong\u003e acetyl hexapeptide-8, palmitoyl pentapeptide-4 and copper tripeptide-1.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOther ingredients:\u003c\/strong\u003e adenosine, arginine, vitamin C and arbutin.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAcetyl hexapeptide-8 is the peptide often used in cosmetics for expression lines, which is where the \"tox\" in the name comes from. Velatox contains no botulinum toxin.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is in the box?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePart\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSize\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eJob\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVelatox\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 mL × 5 vials\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGrowth factor and peptide solution used with MTS\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVelasem\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 mL × 2 vials\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSoothing moisturiser applied after MTS\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne Velatox vial is one treatment, so a box covers five sessions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow is Velatox GF11 used?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eVelatox is applied in two layers with MTS in between, then finished with Velasem.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCleanse the face.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApply a generous layer of Velatox and wait 1 to 3 minutes for it to absorb.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApply the solution again and treat the area with MTS.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApply about 3 mL of Velasem to calm and rehydrate the skin.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDo not use more than one vial per treatment. Do not use Velatox on wounded skin, eczema or dermatitis.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow often is Velatox GF11 repeated?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe usual spacing is one session every two weeks. Clinics commonly plan a course of 4 to 6 sessions and then repeat as needed. Results vary with skin condition and home care.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow should Velatox GF11 be stored?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore the box at room temperature (1–30 °C), away from direct sunlight. Once a Velasem vial is opened, keep it in the fridge and use it within one week. The expiry date is printed on the box.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuying Velatox GF11 from Korean Aesthetic\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe ship worldwide from Seoul to clinics, skin professionals and distributors. Payment is arranged with our team after you order. See our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/shipping-policy\"\u003eshipping terms\u003c\/a\u003e or compare other \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/skin-boosters\"\u003eKorean skin boosters\u003c\/a\u003e. For the scalp, the same product family offers \u003ca href=\"\/products\/velash\"\u003eVelash\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor professional use by trained practitioners only.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eVelatox GF11 FAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs Velatox GF11 a botulinum toxin?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. It is a cosmetic growth factor and peptide solution with no botulinum toxin.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs Velatox injected?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. It is applied to the skin and used with a micro-needle therapy system.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is Velasem?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is the soothing solution in the box, applied after the MTS step.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow many treatments are in one box?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFive, at one 3 mL vial per session.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich areas can be treated?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe face, including forehead, eye area, cheeks and chin, and the neck.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"upkeepskin","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46883396616474,"sku":null,"price":90.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0748\/5053\/3658\/files\/VelatoxGF11.webp?v=1696053899"},{"product_id":"curenex","title":"Curenex","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCurenex\u003c\/strong\u003e Intense Glow \u0026amp; Shine is a Korean PDRN skin booster ampoule. Each box holds five 5 mL vials. The formula combines salmon-derived PDRN with a 15-peptide complex, hyaluronic acid, glutathione and collagen. Professionals use it for dull, dry or uneven skin on the face, neck and décolleté.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis is the original Curenex skin booster, often called the \"Curenex ampoule\". \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003eContact us\u003c\/a\u003e for trade pricing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is Curenex made of?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCurenex has five groups of ingredients, each with one job.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePDRN\u003c\/strong\u003e — DNA fragments from salmon, used to support skin repair.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e15 peptides\u003c\/strong\u003e — a multi-peptide complex that supports firmness.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHyaluronic acid\u003c\/strong\u003e — holds water in the skin.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGlutathione\u003c\/strong\u003e — an antioxidant used for brighter, more even tone.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCollagen\u003c\/strong\u003e — a skin-conditioning protein.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExact amounts are printed on the box.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhich Curenex product do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose this ampoule for an in-clinic glow treatment. The other Curenex products cover the eye area and daily care.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCurenex Glow \u0026amp; Shine\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCurenex Eye\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCurenex Dailycare\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFormat\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 mL vials, 5 per box\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 mL pre-filled syringe\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 mL bottle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eKey ingredients\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePDRN, 15 peptides, HA, glutathione, collagen\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePN 1%, HA 1%, lidocaine 0.3%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePDRN, peptides, glutathione, HA\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eUsed by\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProfessionals, in clinic\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMedical injectors\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApplied to the skin, clinic or home care\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMain goal\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGlow, tone, hydration\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEye area, neck, hands\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDaily upkeep between treatments\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor body and face contouring from the same brand, see \u003ca href=\"\/products\/curenex-sculp\"\u003eCurenex Sculp\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow is Curenex used?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCurenex is a professional product. Follow the manufacturer's instructions for use for the method of delivery. Supplier information describes it as a booster used in professional skin treatments such as microneedling, with one session taking about 30 minutes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe do not publish depths or volumes for this product. The practitioner decides the method and the plan for each client.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow many sessions are usual?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSupplier information describes visible results after three to four regular sessions. A common plan is three sessions 10 to 14 days apart, then top-ups about once a month.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePhase\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSessions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGap\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStart\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10–14 days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTop-up\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1–2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 30 days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne box of five vials is enough for a full starting course.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow should Curenex be stored?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore as printed on the box, in a cool, dry place away from direct sunlight. Check the expiry date, and use an opened vial for one client only.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuying Curenex from Korean Aesthetic\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe ship worldwide from Seoul to licensed practitioners, clinics and distributors. Payment is arranged with our team after you order. See our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/shipping-policy\"\u003eshipping terms\u003c\/a\u003e. Browse all \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/skin-boosters\"\u003eKorean skin boosters\u003c\/a\u003e. For trade pricing, \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003econtact us\u003c\/a\u003e with your quantity and destination country.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor professional use. Follow the manufacturer's instructions for use.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCurenex FAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is in a box of Curenex?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFive vials of 5 mL each.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat does PDRN do?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePDRN is a DNA fragment from salmon that is used to support skin repair and recovery.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs Curenex a filler?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. It is a skin booster ampoule. It does not add volume.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho should avoid Curenex?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAnyone with a fish or salmon allergy, or with infected or broken skin in the area.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I order Curenex wholesale?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003eContact us\u003c\/a\u003e with your quantity and country.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"upkeepskin","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46883659350298,"sku":null,"price":93.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0748\/5053\/3658\/files\/Curenex.jpg?v=1696050481"},{"product_id":"elravie-balance","title":"Elravie Balance","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eElravie Balance\u003c\/strong\u003e is a hyaluronic acid (HA) skin booster from Humedix Co., Ltd., a Huons group company in South Korea. This listing is for a box of two 1.5 mL pre-filled syringes. It is a low-viscosity HA solution made for \"water-glow\" skin treatments that hydrate the skin and improve its texture.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003eContact us\u003c\/a\u003e for trade pricing and current stock.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is Elravie Balance made of?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eElravie Balance is based on high-molecular-weight hyaluronic acid at a high content. The maker describes it as a low-viscosity injectable solution, so it flows easily and little product is lost during treatment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuppliers list 20 mg\/mL of HA with 0.3% lidocaine. We could not confirm these figures with the manufacturer, so check the composition printed on the box of the batch you receive.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is Elravie Balance used for?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is used to restore moisture in dry skin and to improve elasticity, fine dryness lines and overall skin condition. It is used on the face and on the neck, décolleté and backs of the hands. It is not made to add volume or shape.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eIs Elravie Balance a skin booster or a filler?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eElravie Balance is a skin booster. The Elravie name is also used for Humedix dermal fillers, which is a common source of confusion.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eElravie Balance\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eElravie dermal fillers\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eType\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLow-viscosity HA skin booster\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFirmer HA filler gels\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAim\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHydration and skin quality\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLines, folds, volume\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDelivery\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMany small deposits across the skin\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTargeted placement at one site\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSyringe\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.5 mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUsually 1 mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee also \u003ca href=\"\/products\/elravie-re2o\"\u003eElravie Re2O\u003c\/a\u003e, another product sold under the Elravie name. For lines and volume, browse our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/dermal-fillers\"\u003edermal fillers\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow is Elravie Balance used?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eElravie Balance is injected into the skin in many small deposits. It is designed to work with a multi-needle injector — the maker pairs it with a device that uses 32G nine-pin needle tips — and can also be given by hand. Many clinics apply a \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/anesthetics-ointments\"\u003enumbing cream\u003c\/a\u003e first, because the product is placed with many small injections. Depth and volume should follow the manufacturer's instructions for use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow many sessions does Elravie Balance need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWater-glow treatments are normally given as a short course and then repeated to maintain the effect. The treating clinician sets the number of sessions and the gap between them.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow should Elravie Balance be stored?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore Elravie Balance as directed on the box, in its original packaging and away from direct sunlight. Do not freeze. The shelf life is printed on the box. Each syringe is for one patient and one session only.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuying Elravie Balance from Korean Aesthetic\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe ship worldwide from Seoul to licensed practitioners, clinics and distributors. Payment is arranged with our team after you order. See our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/shipping-policy\"\u003eshipping terms\u003c\/a\u003e. Browse all \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/skin-boosters\"\u003eKorean skin boosters\u003c\/a\u003e, or compare with \u003ca href=\"\/products\/hyaron-1\"\u003eHyaron\u003c\/a\u003e. For trade pricing, \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003econtact us\u003c\/a\u003e with your quantity and destination country.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor administration by trained, licensed medical professionals only.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eElravie Balance FAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho makes Elravie Balance?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHumedix Co., Ltd., a Huons group company in South Korea.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is in the box?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTwo 1.5 mL pre-filled syringes, as listed for this product. Check the pack details on the box you receive.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs Elravie Balance a filler?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. It is a low-viscosity hyaluronic acid skin booster for hydration.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan Elravie Balance be used with a multi-needle injector?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. It was designed for water-glow treatment with a multi-needle injector.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes Elravie Balance contain lidocaine?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuppliers list 0.3% lidocaine. Check the box to confirm for your batch.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I order Elravie Balance wholesale?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003eContact us\u003c\/a\u003e with your quantity and destination country.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"upkeepskin","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46883667280154,"sku":null,"price":41.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0748\/5053\/3658\/files\/ElravieBalance.jpg?v=1696047540"},{"product_id":"gtm-gold-cell-5","title":"GTM Gold Cell 5","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGTM Gold Cell 5\u003c\/strong\u003e is a Korean PDRN skin booster from CMED Medical Group. Each box holds ten 3.3 mL vials. The formula is listed as 5% PDRN from salmon DNA with 5% hyaluronic acid and 2% glutathione. Professionals use it for skin recovery, hydration and a brighter, more even tone.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is the lighter of the two strengths and the usual starting point. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003eContact us\u003c\/a\u003e for trade pricing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is GTM Gold Cell 5 made of?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGTM Gold Cell 5 has three listed ingredients.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIngredient\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eListed amount\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eJob\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePDRN (salmon DNA)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSupports skin repair\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHyaluronic acid\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHolds water in the skin\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGlutathione\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAntioxidant; brighter tone\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese figures come from the supplier's product listing. The full ingredient list is printed on the box.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eGTM Gold Cell 5 or 8 — which one?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe only listed difference is the amount of PDRN. Hyaluronic acid, glutathione and pack size are the same.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGTM Gold Cell 5\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/gtm-gold-cell-8\"\u003eGTM Gold Cell 8\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePDRN\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHyaluronic acid\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGlutathione\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBox\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3.3 mL × 10 vials\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3.3 mL × 10 vials\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGood fit for\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFirst courses, maintenance, sensitive skin\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTired, sun-worn or scarred skin needing more repair support\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMany clinics stock both: 5 for regular upkeep and 8 for intensive courses.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is GTM Gold Cell 5 used for?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is used on skin that looks dull, dry or uneven, and on skin recovering from acne marks or procedures. PDRN supports repair, hyaluronic acid adds moisture and glutathione works on tone. Treatment areas named in listings are the face, neck, décolleté and hands.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow is GTM Gold Cell 5 used?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFollow the manufacturer's instructions for use. Sources differ on the method of delivery: some describe it as a mesotherapy product and others as a solution applied to the skin. For that reason we do not publish depths, volumes or session plans. The practitioner decides the method and the plan for each client.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow should GTM Gold Cell 5 be stored?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore in a cool, dry place away from direct sunlight, as printed on the box. Check the seal and expiry date, and use an opened vial for one client only.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuying GTM Gold Cell 5 from Korean Aesthetic\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe ship worldwide from Seoul to licensed practitioners, clinics and distributors. Payment is arranged with our team after you order. See our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/shipping-policy\"\u003eshipping terms\u003c\/a\u003e. Browse all \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/skin-boosters\"\u003eKorean skin boosters\u003c\/a\u003e, or compare with \u003ca href=\"\/products\/rejuran\"\u003eRejuran Healer\u003c\/a\u003e, a polynucleotide booster. For trade pricing, \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003econtact us\u003c\/a\u003e with your quantity and destination country.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor professional use. Follow the manufacturer's instructions for use.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eGTM Gold Cell 5 FAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho makes GTM Gold Cell 5?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCMED Medical Group, South Korea.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow much is in one box?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTen vials of 3.3 mL each.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow much PDRN is in GTM Gold Cell 5?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe listed strength is 5%.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the difference between Gold Cell 5 and 8?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PDRN strength: 5% or 8%. The rest of the listed formula is the same.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho should avoid it?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAnyone with a fish or salmon allergy, or with infected or broken skin in the area.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"upkeepskin","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46883670098202,"sku":null,"price":145.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0748\/5053\/3658\/files\/GTMGoldCell5.jpg?v=1696047637"},{"product_id":"gtm-gold-cell-8","title":"GTM Gold Cell 8","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGTM Gold Cell 8\u003c\/strong\u003e is a Korean PDRN skin booster from CMED Medical Group. Each box holds ten 3.3 mL vials. The formula is listed as 8% PDRN from salmon DNA with 5% hyaluronic acid and 2% glutathione. Professionals use it for skin recovery, hydration and a brighter, more even tone.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is the stronger of the two strengths, chosen when more PDRN per vial is wanted. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003eContact us\u003c\/a\u003e for trade pricing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is GTM Gold Cell 8 made of?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGTM Gold Cell 8 has three listed ingredients.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIngredient\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eListed amount\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eJob\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePDRN (salmon DNA)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSupports skin repair\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHyaluronic acid\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHolds water in the skin\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGlutathione\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAntioxidant; brighter tone\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese figures come from the supplier's product listing. The full ingredient list is printed on the box.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eGTM Gold Cell 8 or 5 — which one?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe only listed difference is the amount of PDRN. Hyaluronic acid, glutathione and pack size are the same.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/gtm-gold-cell-5\"\u003eGTM Gold Cell 5\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGTM Gold Cell 8\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePDRN\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHyaluronic acid\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGlutathione\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBox\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3.3 mL × 10 vials\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3.3 mL × 10 vials\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGood fit for\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFirst courses, maintenance, sensitive skin\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTired, sun-worn or scarred skin needing more repair support\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMany clinics stock both: 5 for regular upkeep and 8 for intensive courses.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is GTM Gold Cell 8 used for?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is used on skin that looks dull, dry or uneven, and on skin recovering from acne marks or procedures. PDRN supports repair, hyaluronic acid adds moisture and glutathione works on tone. Treatment areas named in listings are the face, neck, décolleté and hands.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow is GTM Gold Cell 8 used?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFollow the manufacturer's instructions for use. Sources differ on the method of delivery: some describe it as a mesotherapy product and others as a solution applied to the skin. For that reason we do not publish depths, volumes or session plans. The practitioner decides the method and the plan for each client.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow should GTM Gold Cell 8 be stored?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore in a cool, dry place away from direct sunlight, as printed on the box. Check the seal and expiry date, and use an opened vial for one client only.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuying GTM Gold Cell 8 from Korean Aesthetic\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe ship worldwide from Seoul to licensed practitioners, clinics and distributors. Payment is arranged with our team after you order. See our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/shipping-policy\"\u003eshipping terms\u003c\/a\u003e. Browse all \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/skin-boosters\"\u003eKorean skin boosters\u003c\/a\u003e, or compare with \u003ca href=\"\/products\/rejuran\"\u003eRejuran Healer\u003c\/a\u003e, a polynucleotide booster. For trade pricing, \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003econtact us\u003c\/a\u003e with your quantity and destination country.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor professional use. Follow the manufacturer's instructions for use.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eGTM Gold Cell 8 FAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho makes GTM Gold Cell 8?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCMED Medical Group, South Korea.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow much is in one box?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTen vials of 3.3 mL each.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow much PDRN is in GTM Gold Cell 8?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe listed strength is 8%.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the difference between Gold Cell 5 and 8?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PDRN strength: 5% or 8%. The rest of the listed formula is the same.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho should avoid it?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAnyone with a fish or salmon allergy, or with infected or broken skin in the area.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"upkeepskin","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46883670130970,"sku":null,"price":157.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0748\/5053\/3658\/files\/GTMGoldCell8.jpg?v=1696047744"},{"product_id":"hyaldew-shine-1","title":"HyalDew Shine","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHyalDew Shine\u003c\/strong\u003e is a hyaluronic acid (HA) skin booster in the HyalDew range from BioPlus Co., Ltd., South Korea. Each box holds one 2 mL pre-filled syringe. Clinics use it to improve skin hydration, glow and fine surface lines, not to add volume.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is the lightest product in the HyalDew family. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003eContact us\u003c\/a\u003e for trade pricing and current stock.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is HyalDew Shine made of?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHyalDew Shine is a hyaluronic acid gel. Supplier information lists 20 mg\/mL cross-linked HA with 0.3% lidocaine in a fine-particle gel. We have not been able to confirm these figures with the manufacturer, so please check the composition printed on the box you receive.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHyalDew Shine vs HyalDew Fine, Mid and All — what is the difference?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShine treats skin quality across an area. The other three HyalDew products are fillers that correct lines and add volume at a set depth.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHyalDew Shine\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/hyaldew-fine-1\"\u003eHyalDew Fine\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/hyaldew-mid-1\"\u003eHyalDew Mid\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/hyaldew-all-1\"\u003eHyalDew All\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eType\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSkin booster\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSoft filler\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMedium filler\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFirm filler\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSyringe\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGoal\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHydration, glow, skin texture\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFine lines\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFolds and lips\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDeep folds and contour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is HyalDew Shine used for?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHyalDew Shine is used to refresh dry, dull or tired-looking skin. Hyaluronic acid binds water in the skin, which helps it look smoother and more supple. Typical areas are the face, neck, décolleté and the backs of the hands.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt will not fill a deep fold or build a cheek. For that, use a filler from the same range or see our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/dermal-fillers\"\u003edermal fillers\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow is HyalDew Shine used?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHyalDew Shine is administered by a trained clinician following the manufacturer's instructions for use. We do not publish a depth, volume or session plan for this product, because we could not confirm them with the manufacturer. The treating clinician decides the plan for each patient.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow long does HyalDew Shine last?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe manufacturer's stated duration is not confirmed. Skin boosters are usually given as a short course and then repeated to maintain the result. How long the effect holds depends on skin condition, age and lifestyle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow should HyalDew Shine be stored?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore it at room temperature in the original box, away from direct sunlight and heat. Do not freeze. Follow the storage range and expiry date printed on the box, and use each syringe for one patient only.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuying HyalDew Shine from Korean Aesthetic\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe ship original boxes worldwide from Seoul to licensed practitioners, clinics and distributors. Payment is arranged with our team after you order. See our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/shipping-policy\"\u003eshipping terms\u003c\/a\u003e. Compare it with other \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/skin-boosters\"\u003eKorean skin boosters\u003c\/a\u003e such as \u003ca href=\"\/products\/rejuran\"\u003eRejuran\u003c\/a\u003e. For trade pricing, \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003econtact us\u003c\/a\u003e with your quantity and destination country.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor administration by trained, licensed medical professionals only.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHyalDew Shine FAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho makes HyalDew Shine?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHyalDew is a brand of BioPlus Co., Ltd., South Korea.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs HyalDew Shine a filler?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. It is a skin booster for hydration and skin quality, not for volume.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow much is in the box?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne 2 mL pre-filled syringe.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes HyalDew Shine contain lidocaine?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSupplier information lists 0.3% lidocaine. Check the box of the batch you receive.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich areas can be treated?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFace, neck, décolleté and hands are the usual areas.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I order HyalDew Shine wholesale?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003eContact us\u003c\/a\u003e with your quantity and destination country.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"upkeepskin","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46883674620186,"sku":null,"price":31.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0748\/5053\/3658\/files\/HyalDewShine.png?v=1696059372"},{"product_id":"hyaron-1","title":"Hyaron","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHyaron\u003c\/strong\u003e is a non-cross-linked hyaluronic acid skin booster made by Dongkook Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. in South Korea. Each box holds ten 2.5 mL pre-filled syringes. Every syringe contains 25 mg of sodium hyaluronate, which is 10 mg\/mL. Clinics use it to hydrate the skin and improve its texture and glow.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003eContact us\u003c\/a\u003e for trade pricing and current stock.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow much hyaluronic acid is in a box of Hyaron?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach syringe holds 25 mg of sodium hyaluronate in 2.5 mL. The strength is 10 mg\/mL — not 25 mg\/mL, a figure that is sometimes quoted by mistake.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eVolume\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSodium hyaluronate\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePer mL\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 mg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePer syringe\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.5 mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25 mg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePer box (10 syringes)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25 mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e250 mg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is Hyaron made of?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHyaron is sodium hyaluronate, the salt form of hyaluronic acid, in a clear, sterile solution. The HA is not cross-linked. That makes it a fluid that spreads evenly in the skin, unlike the firm gel of a dermal filler.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is Hyaron used for?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is used to restore moisture in dry or tired-looking skin and to improve fine dryness lines, texture and radiance. It is used on the face, neck, décolleté and backs of the hands. It does not add volume or change facial shape.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow is Hyaron used?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA trained professional injects small deposits into the upper to middle dermis, by hand or with a multi-needle injector. A fine 30G needle is commonly used. Many clinics apply a \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/anesthetics-ointments\"\u003enumbing cream\u003c\/a\u003e first, because the product is placed with many small injections.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow many sessions does Hyaron need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuppliers commonly describe a course of four to six sessions, 10 to 14 days apart, with maintenance every one to three months. These are reference figures. The treating clinician sets the plan.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow should Hyaron be stored?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore Hyaron at room temperature, between 1 and 30 °C, and away from sunlight. Do not freeze. The shelf life is printed on the box. Each syringe is for one patient and one session only.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuying Hyaron from Korean Aesthetic\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe ship worldwide from Seoul to licensed practitioners, clinics and distributors. Payment is arranged with our team after you order. See our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/shipping-policy\"\u003eshipping terms\u003c\/a\u003e. Browse all \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/skin-boosters\"\u003eKorean skin boosters\u003c\/a\u003e, or compare with \u003ca href=\"\/products\/regenovue-aqua-shine\"\u003eRegenovue Aqua Shine\u003c\/a\u003e, a 15 mg\/mL non-cross-linked HA booster. For trade pricing, \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003econtact us\u003c\/a\u003e with your quantity and destination country.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor administration by trained, licensed medical professionals only.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHyaron FAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho makes Hyaron?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDongkook Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd., South Korea.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is in the box?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTen 2.5 mL pre-filled syringes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow strong is Hyaron?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e10 mg\/mL: 25 mg of sodium hyaluronate in each 2.5 mL syringe.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs Hyaron a filler?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. It is a non-cross-linked HA solution. It hydrates the skin and does not add volume.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes Hyaron need to be refrigerated?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. It is stored at room temperature, 1–30 °C, away from sunlight.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I order Hyaron wholesale?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003eContact us\u003c\/a\u003e with your quantity and destination country.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"upkeepskin","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46883674882330,"sku":null,"price":79.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0748\/5053\/3658\/files\/Hyaron.jpg?v=1696047850"},{"product_id":"juve-eyes","title":"Juve Eyes","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eJuve Eyes\u003c\/strong\u003e is a polynucleotide (PN) skin booster for the eye area, made by BNC Global in South Korea. Each box holds one 2 mL pre-filled syringe. The PN is purified from salmon DNA. Clinics use it for thin, tired skin around the eyes — fine lines, dark circles and loss of elasticity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003eContact us\u003c\/a\u003e for trade pricing and current stock.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eJuve Eyes or Juve Face — which one?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose Juve Eyes for the thin skin around the eyes and \u003ca href=\"\/products\/juve-face\"\u003eJuve Face\u003c\/a\u003e for the rest of the face and the body areas.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eJuve Eyes\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/juve-face\"\u003eJuve Face\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMade for\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSkin around the eyes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFace, neck, décolleté, hands, stretch marks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eActive\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePolynucleotide (PN)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePolynucleotide (PN) 2%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePack listed\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 × 2 mL syringe\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 × 3 mL syringes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaker\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd colspan=\"2\"\u003eBNC Global, South Korea\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is Juve Eyes made of?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eJuve Eyes is based on polynucleotide, a chain of DNA fragments purified from salmon. Suppliers list the strength as 1% PN (10 mg\/mL). We could not confirm this figure with the manufacturer, so check the box of the batch you receive.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is Juve Eyes used for?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe manufacturer describes it as working on the rebuilding and rejuvenation of the skin around the eyes. It names a triple action — lifting, antioxidant and moisturising — and says the product stimulates collagen synthesis and elastic fibres. Clinics use it for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003efine lines and crow's feet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003edark circles linked to thin skin\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003edry, crepey under-eye skin\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eearly loss of elasticity\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow is Juve Eyes used?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eJuve Eyes is injected by a doctor trained in eye-area work. The skin here is thin and full of small vessels, so technique matters. We do not publish depths or volumes for the eye area. Follow the manufacturer's instructions for use supplied with the box.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow should Juve Eyes be stored?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore Juve Eyes as directed on the box, away from direct sunlight, and do not freeze. The manufacturer lists a shelf life of 24 months. Check the seal and expiry date before use. The syringe is for one patient only.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuying Juve Eyes from Korean Aesthetic\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe ship worldwide from Seoul to licensed practitioners, clinics and distributors. Payment is arranged with our team after you order. See our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/shipping-policy\"\u003eshipping terms\u003c\/a\u003e. Browse all \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/skin-boosters\"\u003eKorean skin boosters\u003c\/a\u003e, or compare with \u003ca href=\"\/products\/rejuran\"\u003eRejuran\u003c\/a\u003e. For trade pricing, \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003econtact us\u003c\/a\u003e with your quantity and destination country.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor administration by trained, licensed medical professionals only.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eJuve Eyes FAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho makes Juve Eyes?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBNC Global, South Korea.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is in the box?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne 2 mL pre-filled syringe.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat does PN mean?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePolynucleotide — purified DNA fragments, here taken from salmon.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs Juve Eyes a tear-trough filler?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. It is a skin booster. It works on skin quality and does not fill a hollow.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan Juve Eyes be used on the rest of the face?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe manufacturer notes it can also be used on the face, neck and hands. Juve Face is the product made for those areas.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I order Juve Eyes wholesale?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003eContact us\u003c\/a\u003e with your quantity and destination country.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"upkeepskin","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46883676160282,"sku":null,"price":45.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0748\/5053\/3658\/files\/JuveEyes.webp?v=1696050283"},{"product_id":"kiara-reju","title":"Kiara Reju","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKiara Reju\u003c\/strong\u003e is a Korean PDRN skin booster made by BioPlus Co., Ltd. and supplied worldwide from Seoul by Korean Aesthetic. Each box holds three 2.2 mL pre-filled syringes of a solution that combines salmon-derived PDRN at 5 mg\/mL, hyaluronic acid at 20 mg\/mL and niacinamide at 1 mg\/mL, so a single treatment supports repair, hydration and tone at the same time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat Kiara Reju is used for\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eClinics reach for Kiara Reju when the complaint is skin quality rather than lost volume: skin that is dry and dull, thin skin with early fine lines, sun damage, uneven tone or shallow acne marks. Because the formula pairs PDRN with hyaluronic acid and niacinamide, it is often chosen for patients who would otherwise need separate hydrating and brightening treatments. It is not a filler and will not lift or contour.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow Kiara Reju compares with other salmon-DNA boosters\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePDRN and PN both come from salmon DNA, but they are not the same raw material. \u003ca href=\"\/products\/rejuran\"\u003eRejuran\u003c\/a\u003e is built on polynucleotide (PN), a longer DNA chain. \u003ca href=\"\/products\/syniro-pdrn\"\u003eSyniro PDRN\u003c\/a\u003e pairs 2% PDRN with 2% hyaluronic acid and contains no niacinamide. Kiara Reju sits between the two in practice: PDRN for repair support, a meaningful 20 mg\/mL of hyaluronic acid for hydration, and niacinamide for tone. Browse the full range of \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/skin-boosters\"\u003eKorean skin boosters\u003c\/a\u003e to compare concentrations side by side.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow Kiara Reju is administered\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKiara Reju is placed intradermally in small deposits by a trained professional. Because the product is delivered over many injection points, most clinics apply a \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/anesthetics-ointments\"\u003etopical numbing cream\u003c\/a\u003e first. Depth and volume per point should follow the manufacturer's instructions for use. Suppliers commonly describe a course of three to four sessions spaced two to three weeks apart; this is not confirmed by the manufacturer, and the treating clinician sets the plan for each patient.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuying Kiara Reju from Korean Aesthetic\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe are based in Seoul and ship Kiara Reju to licensed practitioners, clinics and distributors in the United States, Europe and worldwide, with customs clearance handled on our side for US and European orders. Payment is arranged with our team after you place the order. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003eContact us\u003c\/a\u003e with your quantity and destination country for current trade pricing and stock, or read our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/shipping-policy\"\u003eshipping terms\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor administration by trained, licensed medical professionals only.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"upkeepskin","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46883676913946,"sku":null,"price":63.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0748\/5053\/3658\/files\/KiaraReju.webp?v=1696047927"},{"product_id":"dermaheal-skin-booster","title":"Dermaheal Skin Booster (SR \/ HSR \/ SB)","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDermaheal Skin Booster\u003c\/strong\u003e is a range of peptide skin solutions from Caregen in South Korea, supplied worldwide from Seoul by Korean Aesthetic. Three types are offered — SR, HSR and SB — each in a box of ten ready-to-use 5 mL vials built on Caregen's biomimetic peptides, with no lidocaine in any of them.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat Dermaheal Skin Booster is used for\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose by the patient's main concern. SR is for fine lines, dull skin and visible pores, and is the broadest of the three for everyday skin-quality work. HSR covers the same ground for dry, mature skin that also needs moisture. SB is the pigmentation type, for dark spots, sun spots and uneven tone. SR and HSR therefore sit in the ageing-skin bracket, SB in the tone bracket; clinics that stock only one usually start with SR and add SB when tone is the main complaint.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is in the vial\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDermaheal is built on Caregen's biomimetic peptides, short lab-made peptides designed to copy the skin's own signal molecules. SR and HSR carry sh-Oligopeptide-1, sh-Oligopeptide-2, sh-Polypeptide-1, sh-Polypeptide-2 and copper tripeptide-1, alongside hyaluronic acid and a nutrient mix of vitamins, amino acids, minerals, coenzymes and nucleic acids; HSR is listed with 1% hyaluronic acid. SB uses a different set — pentapeptide-13, oligopeptide-34 and oligopeptide-50 — with encapsulated arbutin, 3-O-ethyl ascorbic acid and liquorice root extract. The three types are not interchangeable, and the full ingredient list is printed on each box.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow Dermaheal compares with polynucleotide boosters\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe ingredient platforms differ. \u003ca href=\"\/products\/rejuran\"\u003eRejuran\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/products\/kiara-reju\"\u003eKiara Reju\u003c\/a\u003e are polynucleotide boosters built on purified DNA chains, which bind water and support repair. Dermaheal instead works from peptides, with a nutrient carrier in SR and HSR and tone-focused actives in SB. The practical difference for a clinic is choice of target: Dermaheal offers three concern-specific types in one pack format, which suits a menu segmented by complaint. The wider range sits in \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/skin-boosters\"\u003eskin boosters\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eThe treatment course\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDermaheal is a ready-to-use solution for professional skin treatments, used in mesotherapy-style protocols and with microneedling devices. The route differs between markets and between sources, so no protocol, depth or needle specification is given here; use it as directed in Caregen's instructions for use. The usual course on supplier listings is one vial per session, once a week, so one box of ten vials covers a ten-session course. Keep the vials in the original box, away from sunlight and heat, do not freeze, and use an opened vial straight away.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuying Dermaheal from Korean Aesthetic\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe ship from Seoul to the USA, Europe and worldwide, supplying licensed practitioners, clinics and distributors. Mixed orders across SR, HSR and SB are no problem. Customs clearance is handled for US and EU orders, and payment is arranged with our team after the order is placed. See our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/shipping-policy\"\u003eshipping terms\u003c\/a\u003e, or \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003econtact us\u003c\/a\u003e with your types, quantity and destination country for trade pricing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor administration by trained, licensed medical professionals only.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Dermaheal","offers":[{"title":"SR","offer_id":52914205458714,"sku":null,"price":87.9,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"HSR","offer_id":52914205491482,"sku":null,"price":102.9,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"SB","offer_id":52914205524250,"sku":null,"price":87.9,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0748\/5053\/3658\/files\/dermaheal_sb-hsr-sr.png?v=1793160225"},{"product_id":"hp-cell","title":"HP Cell Skin Booster (Vitaran I \/ Tox \u0026 Eye Regation)","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHP Cell Skin Booster\u003c\/strong\u003e is a Korean professional skin range listed here in two formats. \u003cstrong\u003eVitaran I\u003c\/strong\u003e is a polynucleotide (PN) gel in a 1 mL pre-filled syringe. \u003cstrong\u003eTox \u0026amp; Eye Regation\u003c\/strong\u003e is a peptide and PDRN solution in a box of five 3 mL vials, made for the eye area and forehead.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePick your type above, or \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003econtact us for trade pricing\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eVitaran I or Tox \u0026amp; Eye Regation — which one do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThey are two different products, not two strengths of one. Choose by the area and the concern.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eVitaran I\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTox \u0026amp; Eye Regation\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFormat\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 mL pre-filled syringe × 1\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 mL vial × 5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMain ingredients\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePolynucleotide sodium, listed at 20 mg\/mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePDRN, 0.2% hyaluronic acid, pentapeptide-18, acetyl hexapeptide and a wider peptide complex\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMain use\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTired, dry or sun-aged skin; overall skin quality\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUnder-eye area, eye bags and forehead lines\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLidocaine\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNone\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNone\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eClinics that treat both whole-face skin quality and the eye area usually stock both.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is HP Cell made of?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eVitaran I is a single-active product. Polynucleotides are purified DNA fragments. They bind water and are reported to support fibroblast activity and the skin's own collagen.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTox \u0026amp; Eye Regation is a multi-ingredient solution. PDRN and hyaluronic acid cover repair and hydration. Pentapeptide-18 and acetyl hexapeptide are cosmetic peptides used in products aimed at expression lines. Despite the name, it contains no botulinum toxin.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe concentrations above are as listed by the supplier. Check the box for the full ingredient list.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow is HP Cell used?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBoth types are for professional use. The route and technique differ by product and by source, so we do not give a protocol here. Use each product as directed in the manufacturer's instructions for use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier-listed course for Vitaran I is 3 to 4 sessions, 15 to 30 days apart, then one maintenance session every 4 to 6 months. No fixed course is published for Tox \u0026amp; Eye Regation; one box of five vials covers several sessions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow should HP Cell be stored?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKeep both types in the original box at room temperature, away from sunlight. Do not freeze. Follow the storage range and expiry date printed on the box.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuying HP Cell from Korean Aesthetic\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe ship worldwide from Seoul to licensed practitioners, clinics and distributors. Payment is arranged with our team after you order. See our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/shipping-policy\"\u003eshipping terms\u003c\/a\u003e. For other eye-area boosters, see \u003ca href=\"\/products\/eyebella\"\u003eEyebella\u003c\/a\u003e. For PN boosters, compare \u003ca href=\"\/products\/rejuran\"\u003eRejuran\u003c\/a\u003e or browse all \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/skin-boosters\"\u003eskin boosters\u003c\/a\u003e. For trade pricing, \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003econtact us\u003c\/a\u003e with your quantity and destination country.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor professional use only. Follow the manufacturer's instructions for use.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHP Cell FAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs Vitaran I the same as Tox \u0026amp; Eye Regation?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. Vitaran I is a PN gel in a syringe. Tox \u0026amp; Eye Regation is a peptide and PDRN solution in vials.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes Tox \u0026amp; Eye Regation contain botulinum toxin?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. It is a peptide solution. It does not relax muscle the way a toxin does.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is in the box?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eVitaran I: one 1 mL pre-filled syringe. Tox \u0026amp; Eye Regation: five 3 mL vials.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes HP Cell contain lidocaine?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. Neither type lists an anaesthetic.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan people with fish allergy use it?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePN and PDRN are usually purified from fish DNA. Ask about fish allergy first and check the manufacturer's leaflet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"HP Cell","offers":[{"title":"Vitaran I","offer_id":52914205720858,"sku":null,"price":90.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Tox \u0026 Eye Regation","offer_id":52914205753626,"sku":null,"price":158.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0748\/5053\/3658\/files\/hp_cell_skin_booster_vitaran_i_tox_eye_regation.png?v=1793160226"},{"product_id":"mayster","title":"Mayster Skin Booster (HA \/ PDRN)","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMayster Skin Booster\u003c\/strong\u003e is a two-part skin booster from Maypharm in South Korea. Each set pairs a 100 mg freeze-dried powder with a 5 mL activator that you mix just before use. It comes in two types: \u003cstrong\u003eHA\u003c\/strong\u003e for hydration and elasticity, and \u003cstrong\u003ePDRN\u003c\/strong\u003e for skin renewal and brighter tone.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePick your type above, or \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003econtact us for trade pricing\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eMayster HA or PDRN — which one do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose HA for dry, slack skin. Choose PDRN for dull or uneven skin.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMayster HA\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMayster PDRN\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePowder\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100 mg hyaluronic acid powder, mixed molecular weights\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100 mg PDRN powder from salmon DNA\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eActivator (5 mL)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePeptide activator\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrightening activator with niacinamide and glutathione\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMain concern\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDryness, loss of elasticity, fine lines\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDull tone, uneven colour, tired skin\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLidocaine\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNone\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNone\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eClinics that see mixed concerns often stock both and alternate them through a course.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is Mayster made of?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMayster HA uses hyaluronic acid in several molecular weights, listed at 10,000 ppm. Hyaluronic acid binds water, which is why it is used for dry skin. Its activator adds peptides.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMayster PDRN uses polydeoxyribonucleotide, a purified DNA fragment from salmon. PDRN is reported to support skin repair. Its activator adds niacinamide and glutathione, two ingredients widely used for skin tone.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow is Mayster prepared and used?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAdd the 5 mL activator to the powder vial and swirl gently until it dissolves. Do not shake hard. Use the mixed solution straight away and discard what is left.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMayster is for professional use. The route of use is described differently by different sources, so we do not give a protocol here. Use it as directed in Maypharm's instructions for use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow should Mayster be stored?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKeep unopened sets in the original box, away from sunlight and heat. Do not freeze. The supplier lists a shelf life of 36 months from manufacture; check the date printed on the box.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuying Mayster from Korean Aesthetic\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe ship worldwide from Seoul to licensed practitioners, clinics and distributors. Payment is arranged with our team after you order. See our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/shipping-policy\"\u003eshipping terms\u003c\/a\u003e. Compare other PDRN and exosome boosters such as \u003ca href=\"\/products\/kiara-reju\"\u003eKiara Reju\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/products\/hyalmass-aqua-exosome\"\u003eHyalmass Aqua Exosome\u003c\/a\u003e, or browse all \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/skin-boosters\"\u003eKorean skin boosters\u003c\/a\u003e. For trade pricing, \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003econtact us\u003c\/a\u003e with your quantity and destination country.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor professional use only. Follow the manufacturer's instructions for use.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eMayster FAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho makes Mayster?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMaypharm, South Korea.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is in a Mayster set?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA 100 mg powder vial and a 5 mL activator vial. Ask us about the number of sets per box when you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I store Mayster after mixing?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. Mix it just before use and discard any leftover solution.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes Mayster PDRN come from fish?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The PDRN is purified from salmon DNA, so ask about fish allergy first.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes Mayster contain lidocaine?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. Neither type lists an anaesthetic.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Mayster","offers":[{"title":"HA","offer_id":52914206048538,"sku":null,"price":84.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"PDRN","offer_id":52914206081306,"sku":null,"price":84.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0748\/5053\/3658\/files\/mayster_pdrn_and_ha_booster.png?v=1793160225"},{"product_id":"p198-exohealer-filcore","title":"P198 ExoHealer Filcore (SB \/ SB Plus \/ HB Plus \/ Activating Solution)","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eP198 ExoHealer Filcore\u003c\/strong\u003e is a Korean professional skin booster system based on stem cell conditioned media and growth factors, supplied worldwide from Seoul by Korean Aesthetic. It works in two parts — a booster vial (SB, SB Plus or HB Plus) and a separate Activating Solution the vial is prepared with — and all four items are listed on this page.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat P198 ExoHealer Filcore is used for\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFilcore is a skin-quality booster system rather than a volumising product. The choice runs in two steps: first standard or reinforced, then, for the reinforced types, the growth factor set. SB is the everyday booster vial. SB Plus and HB Plus are the reinforced options, sharing the same base and the same pack; the only thing separating them is which growth factors are listed. The Activating Solution is the carrier the booster vials are prepared with and is not meant to be used alone, so it is ordered alongside whichever vial you choose.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is in the vial\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Plus vials are built on umbilical cord blood stem cell conditioned media, which the maker calls USC1994-CM and lists at 990,000 ppm. Conditioned media is the nutrient liquid that cells were grown in: it carries the proteins and signal molecules the cells released, not the cells themselves, so Filcore contains no live stem cells. SB Plus lists EGF, VEGF, IGF, KGF, GDF11 and TIMP; HB Plus lists EGF, VEGF, IGF, KGF and Noggin. SB uses conditioned media at standard strength and does not publish its growth factors separately. The Activating Solution is a nutrient carrier listed with 22 amino acids, 13 vitamins, 7 peptides, 4 antioxidants, superoxide dismutase and hyaluronic acid. All figures are as listed by the supplier, and the full composition sheet comes with the product.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow Filcore compares with other boosters we stock\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/rejuran\"\u003eRejuran\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/products\/kiara-reju\"\u003eKiara Reju\u003c\/a\u003e are polynucleotide boosters built on purified DNA chains and supplied ready to use, so they involve no preparation step at the chairside. \u003ca href=\"\/products\/exoxe\"\u003eExoxe\u003c\/a\u003e sits in the exosome group. Filcore differs from both in format as much as in content: it is a two-part system whose vial is reconstituted with its own carrier at the time of treatment, and the maker publishes a named growth factor set for each Plus type. The full range is in \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/skin-boosters\"\u003eskin boosters\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow Filcore is administered\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe booster vial is prepared with the Activating Solution at the time of treatment. The route of use and the mixing ratio are not confirmed in public sources, so no protocol, depth or volume is given here; follow the manufacturer's instructions for use that come with the box. Keep the vials in the original box, away from sunlight and heat, do not freeze unless the box says so, and use prepared product straight away.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuying P198 ExoHealer Filcore from Korean Aesthetic\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe ship from Seoul to the USA, Europe and worldwide, supplying licensed practitioners, clinics and distributors. Customs clearance is handled for US and EU orders, and payment is arranged with our team after the order is placed. See our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/shipping-policy\"\u003eshipping terms\u003c\/a\u003e, or \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003econtact us\u003c\/a\u003e with the items, quantity and destination country for trade pricing — remember to include the Activating Solution with any booster vial order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor administration by trained, licensed medical professionals only.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"P198","offers":[{"title":"SB","offer_id":52914206212378,"sku":null,"price":178.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"SB Plus","offer_id":52914206245146,"sku":null,"price":373.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"HB Plus","offer_id":52914206277914,"sku":null,"price":373.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Activating Solution","offer_id":52914206310682,"sku":null,"price":84.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0748\/5053\/3658\/files\/exohealer_products.png?v=1793004413"},{"product_id":"exoxe","title":"Exoxe","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eExoxe\u003c\/strong\u003e is a Korean two-vial exosome skin treatment for professional use. One vial holds 50 mg of freeze-dried exosome powder. The other holds 5 mL of sterile hyaluronic acid solution. You mix the two just before use and apply the solution to the skin.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is used for dull, rough or tired skin, often as the finishing step after a clinic procedure. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003eContact us\u003c\/a\u003e for trade pricing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is Exoxe made of?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExoxe is built around freeze-dried exosomes, listed at 6 billion particles per vial. Exosomes are tiny vesicles that cells release to carry signals to other cells.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePart\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eContents (as listed)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVial 1 — powder, 50 mg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFreeze-dried exosomes, 6 billion particles\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVial 2 — solution, 5 mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSterile hyaluronic acid solution\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSupporting ingredients\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e9 growth factors, 30 amino acids, 6 peptides, 6 minerals, 4 coenzymes, vitamins and retinol\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExoxe has no lidocaine and no cross-linked filler gel. It works on skin condition, not on volume or shape.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is Exoxe used for?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExoxe is used for skin quality on the face. The listed concerns are enlarged pores, dull skin, dryness, rough texture, uneven tone and loss of firmness. It is also listed for skin that needs support after a procedure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow is Exoxe used?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExoxe is applied to the skin surface. The listed steps are:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdd the hyaluronic acid solution to the powder vial.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSwirl gently until the powder dissolves. Do not shake.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCleanse and dry the skin.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpread the solution evenly and let it absorb.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMany clinics apply it after microneedling or laser, when the skin takes up products more easily. We do not give an injection protocol for Exoxe. Use it only as directed in the manufacturer's instructions for use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow should Exoxe be stored?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKeep both vials in the original box, away from sunlight and heat. Follow the storage temperature and expiry date printed on the box. Use the mixed solution straight away and discard what is left.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuying Exoxe from Korean Aesthetic\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe ship worldwide from Seoul to licensed practitioners, clinics and distributors. Payment is arranged with our team after you order. See our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/shipping-policy\"\u003eshipping terms\u003c\/a\u003e. Compare other exosome products such as the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/asce-derma-signal-kit\"\u003eASCE+ Derma Signal Kit\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/products\/2xsome-skin-booster\"\u003e2XSOME\u003c\/a\u003e, or browse all \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/skin-boosters\"\u003eskin boosters\u003c\/a\u003e. For trade pricing, \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003econtact us\u003c\/a\u003e with your quantity and destination country.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor professional use only. Follow the manufacturer's instructions for use.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eExoxe FAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow many exosomes are in Exoxe?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier lists 6 billion particles in the 50 mg powder vial.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs Exoxe injected?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is listed for application to the skin surface. Use it only as the manufacturer's instructions direct.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan Exoxe be used after microneedling?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eClinics commonly apply it after microneedling or laser. Follow the manufacturer's instructions and your clinic protocol.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes Exoxe contain retinol?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, retinol is among the listed supporting ingredients. Review the ingredient list for sensitive patients.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I keep the mixed solution?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. Mix it just before use and discard any leftover.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Exoxe","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52914213486874,"sku":null,"price":108.9,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0748\/5053\/3658\/files\/exoxe_face_1.png?v=1793163286"},{"product_id":"curenex-eye","title":"Curenex Eye","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCurenex Eye\u003c\/strong\u003e is a Korean injectable skin booster for thin, delicate skin. Each box holds one 2 mL pre-filled syringe with 1% polynucleotide (PN), 1% hyaluronic acid (HA) and 0.3% lidocaine. Injectors use it around the eyes, and on the neck, cheeks and backs of the hands.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003eContact us\u003c\/a\u003e for trade pricing and current stock.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is Curenex Eye made of?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCurenex Eye has three ingredients.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIngredient\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAmount\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eJob\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePolynucleotide (PN)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSupports skin repair\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHyaluronic acid (HA)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHolds water in the skin\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLidocaine\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.3%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNumbs the area during injection\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe HA is there for hydration, not volume. Curenex Eye is a skin booster and does not replace a tear trough filler.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat does Curenex Eye treat?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is used for fine lines, crepey texture and a tired look in thin skin. The main area is under and around the eyes. Supplier listings also give the neck, cheeks and hands.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhich Curenex product do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCurenex Eye is the injectable in the range. The others are an in-clinic ampoule and a daily-care serum.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/curenex\"\u003eCurenex Glow \u0026amp; Shine\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCurenex Eye\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/curenex-dailycare-skinbooster\"\u003eCurenex Dailycare\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFormat\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 mL vials, 5 per box\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 mL pre-filled syringe\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 mL bottle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eKey ingredients\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePDRN, 15 peptides, HA, glutathione, collagen\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePN 1%, HA 1%, lidocaine 0.3%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePDRN, peptides, glutathione, HA\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eUsed by\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProfessionals, in clinic\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMedical injectors\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApplied to the skin, clinic or home care\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMain goal\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGlow, tone, hydration\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEye area, neck, hands\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDaily upkeep between treatments\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow is Curenex Eye used?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is given by micro-injection into the skin with a fine needle, with points about 1 cm apart. The built-in lidocaine makes multi-point work more comfortable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe manufacturer's session plan is not published in the sources we checked. Follow the instructions for use in the box. The treating clinician decides the amount, depth and interval for each patient.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat should patients expect afterwards?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSmall bumps, redness or mild swelling at the injection points are common and usually settle within a few days. Skin around the eyes bruises easily, so warn patients before treatment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow should Curenex Eye be stored?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore as printed on the box, away from direct sunlight. Do not freeze. Check the seal and expiry date before use, and use each syringe for one patient only.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuying Curenex Eye from Korean Aesthetic\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe ship worldwide from Seoul to licensed practitioners, clinics and distributors. Payment is arranged with our team after you order. See our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/shipping-policy\"\u003eshipping terms\u003c\/a\u003e. Browse all \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/skin-boosters\"\u003eKorean skin boosters\u003c\/a\u003e, or compare with \u003ca href=\"\/products\/rejuran-i\"\u003eRejuran I\u003c\/a\u003e, a PN-only eye booster. For trade pricing, \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003econtact us\u003c\/a\u003e with your quantity and destination country.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor administration by trained, licensed medical professionals only.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCurenex Eye FAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is in Curenex Eye?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e1% polynucleotide, 1% hyaluronic acid and 0.3% lidocaine.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow much is in one box?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne 2 mL pre-filled syringe.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes Curenex Eye contain lidocaine?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, 0.3%.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs Curenex Eye a filler?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. It is a skin booster. It improves skin quality and does not add volume.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan it be used outside the eye area?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSupplier listings also give the neck, cheeks and backs of the hands.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Curenex","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52914213519642,"sku":null,"price":48.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0748\/5053\/3658\/files\/curenex_eye_inj.png?v=1793178588"},{"product_id":"curenex-dailycare-skinbooster","title":"Curenex Dailycare Skinbooster","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCurenex Dailycare Skinbooster\u003c\/strong\u003e is a Korean skin booster serum in a 30 mL bottle. It is applied to the skin, not injected. The formula combines salmon-derived PDRN with peptides, glutathione and hyaluronic acid. It is used for hydration, glow and a more even tone between clinic treatments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003eContact us\u003c\/a\u003e for trade pricing and current stock.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is Curenex Dailycare made of?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFour ingredient groups do the work.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePDRN\u003c\/strong\u003e — DNA fragments from salmon, used to support skin recovery.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePeptides\u003c\/strong\u003e — support a firmer, smoother feel.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGlutathione\u003c\/strong\u003e — an antioxidant used for brighter, more even tone.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHyaluronic acid\u003c\/strong\u003e — draws and holds water in the skin.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe full ingredient list is printed on the box.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow is Curenex Dailycare applied?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eApply it to clean skin and pat it in. That is the whole routine.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCleanse the face and dry it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpread a small amount evenly over the face.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePat gently until absorbed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor a stronger effect, supplier instructions suggest microneedling before application. In a clinic, that means applying the serum right after the needling pass, following the device protocol.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhich Curenex product do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDailycare is the upkeep product. The ampoule is for in-clinic treatments, and Curenex Eye is an injectable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/curenex\"\u003eCurenex Glow \u0026amp; Shine\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/curenex-eye\"\u003eCurenex Eye\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCurenex Dailycare\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFormat\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 mL vials, 5 per box\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 mL pre-filled syringe\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 mL bottle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eKey ingredients\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePDRN, 15 peptides, HA, glutathione, collagen\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePN 1%, HA 1%, lidocaine 0.3%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePDRN, peptides, glutathione, HA\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eUsed by\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProfessionals, in clinic\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMedical injectors\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApplied to the skin, clinic or home care\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMain goal\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGlow, tone, hydration\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEye area, neck, hands\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDaily upkeep between treatments\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho is Curenex Dailycare for?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt suits skin that is dull, dry or uneven in tone, and clients who want booster-style care without needles. Clinics also offer it as a take-home step between sessions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow should it be stored?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore at 1–30 °C, away from direct sunlight. Supplier information gives a shelf life of 24 months from manufacture. Check the date on the box and close the bottle after each use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuying Curenex Dailycare from Korean Aesthetic\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe ship worldwide from Seoul to licensed practitioners, clinics and distributors. Payment is arranged with our team after you order. See our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/shipping-policy\"\u003eshipping terms\u003c\/a\u003e. Browse all \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/skin-boosters\"\u003eskin boosters\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/peels-skincare\"\u003epeels and professional skin care\u003c\/a\u003e. For trade pricing, \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003econtact us\u003c\/a\u003e with your quantity and destination country.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCurenex Dailycare FAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs Curenex Dailycare injected?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. It is applied to the skin and patted in.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow much is in one box?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne 30 mL bottle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is in it?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePDRN, peptides, glutathione and hyaluronic acid.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan it be used with microneedling?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Supplier instructions suggest microneedling before application for a stronger effect.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho should avoid it?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAnyone allergic to an ingredient, including fish or salmon products, or with infected skin in the area.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Curenex","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52914213585178,"sku":null,"price":37.9,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0748\/5053\/3658\/files\/Curenex_DailyCare_Skin_Booster.png?v=1793004412"},{"product_id":"hyalmass-aqua-exosome","title":"Hyalmass Aqua Exosome","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHyalmass Aqua Exosome\u003c\/strong\u003e is a Korean skin booster that combines hyaluronic acid (HA), PDRN and exosomes in one syringe. It is a professional product for hydration, elasticity and skin texture on the face. It contains no lidocaine.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003eContact us\u003c\/a\u003e for trade pricing and current stock.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is Hyalmass Aqua Exosome made of?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt has three active ingredients, and each has a different job.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIngredient\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat it is\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eJob\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHyaluronic acid\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA water-binding sugar found naturally in skin\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFast hydration and glow\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePDRN\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePurified DNA fragments from salmon\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSupports skin repair over time\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eExosomes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTiny vesicles that carry signals between cells\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSupports skin renewal over time\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExact amounts are not published in the sources we could check. See the box for the full ingredient list.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is Hyalmass Aqua Exosome used for?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is used for dry, dull or tired skin that has lost bounce. It is a skin-quality product and does not add volume. The supplier lists it for all areas of the face except around the eyes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow is Hyalmass Aqua Exosome used?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier lists use on the skin surface and with microneedling:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOn the skin:\u003c\/strong\u003e apply to clean, disinfected skin. A derma roller or derma pen can help it absorb.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWith microneedling:\u003c\/strong\u003e spread one syringe evenly over the treatment area, about every three weeks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSome listings also mention mesotherapy as a course of three sessions, three to five weeks apart. We could not confirm an injection route with the manufacturer, so we do not give an injection protocol. Use the product only as directed in the manufacturer's instructions for use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhen do results show?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHydration and glow show quickly, because hyaluronic acid acts at once. Changes in elasticity and texture build over the following weeks and over a course of sessions. No fixed duration is published.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow should Hyalmass Aqua Exosome be stored?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore sealed in a cool, dry place, away from direct sunlight. Do not freeze. Follow the storage range and expiry date printed on the box.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuying Hyalmass Aqua Exosome from Korean Aesthetic\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe ship worldwide from Seoul to licensed practitioners, clinics and distributors. Payment is arranged with our team after you order. See our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/shipping-policy\"\u003eshipping terms\u003c\/a\u003e. From the same brand, see \u003ca href=\"\/products\/hyalmass-filler\"\u003eHyalmass filler\u003c\/a\u003e. Compare other exosome products such as \u003ca href=\"\/products\/exoxe\"\u003eExoxe\u003c\/a\u003e, or browse all \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/skin-boosters\"\u003eskin boosters\u003c\/a\u003e. For trade pricing, \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003econtact us\u003c\/a\u003e with your quantity and destination country.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor professional use only. Follow the manufacturer's instructions for use.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHyalmass Aqua Exosome FAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is in Hyalmass Aqua Exosome?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHyaluronic acid, salmon-derived PDRN and exosomes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan it be used around the eyes?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The supplier says to avoid the eye area.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes it contain lidocaine?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan people with fish allergy use it?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PDRN comes from salmon. Ask about fish allergy first and check the leaflet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow often is it used with microneedling?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier lists one syringe about every three weeks. The treating professional sets the final plan.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Hyalmass","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52914213847322,"sku":null,"price":118.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0748\/5053\/3658\/files\/Hyalmass_Aqua_-_Faroha.png?v=1793163286"},{"product_id":"juve-face","title":"Juve Face","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eJuve Face\u003c\/strong\u003e is a polynucleotide (PN) skin booster made by BNC Global in South Korea. It contains 2% PN. This listing is for a box of two 3 mL pre-filled syringes. Clinics use it to improve skin quality on the face, neck, décolleté and hands, and on stretch marks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003eContact us\u003c\/a\u003e for trade pricing and current stock.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eJuve Face or Juve Eyes — which one?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose Juve Face for larger areas and \u003ca href=\"\/products\/juve-eyes\"\u003eJuve Eyes\u003c\/a\u003e for the thin skin around the eyes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eJuve Face\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/juve-eyes\"\u003eJuve Eyes\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMade for\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFace, neck, décolleté, hands, stretch marks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSkin around the eyes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eActive\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePolynucleotide (PN) 2%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePolynucleotide (PN)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePack listed\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 × 3 mL syringes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 × 2 mL syringe\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaker\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd colspan=\"2\"\u003eBNC Global, South Korea\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is Juve Face made of?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eJuve Face has one active ingredient: polynucleotide at 2%. PN is a chain of purified DNA fragments. The manufacturer says it stimulates collagen synthesis and tissue regeneration. Check the box for the full ingredient list, including whether an anaesthetic is present.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is Juve Face used for?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is used where skin quality, not volume, is the problem. The manufacturer lists effects on pore size, skin thickness, skin tone, melanin, wrinkles and sagging. It names these areas:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFace\u003c\/strong\u003e — fine lines, large pores, uneven tone\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNeck and décolleté\u003c\/strong\u003e — thin, lined skin\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHands\u003c\/strong\u003e — dry, aged skin on the backs of the hands\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStretch marks\u003c\/strong\u003e — texture and elasticity\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow is Juve Face used?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eJuve Face is injected into the skin by a trained professional. Many clinics apply a \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/anesthetics-ointments\"\u003enumbing cream\u003c\/a\u003e first, because the product is placed with many small injections. We do not publish depths or volumes for this product. Follow the manufacturer's instructions for use supplied with the box.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow long does Juve Face last?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe manufacturer states that results last up to 12 months. This describes a finished course, not one session. Changes build over weeks as the skin responds, so patients should not expect a same-day result.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow should Juve Face be stored?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore Juve Face as directed on the box, in its original packaging and away from direct sunlight. Do not freeze. The shelf life is printed on the box. Check the seal and the expiry date before use. Each syringe or vial is for one patient and one session only.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuying Juve Face from Korean Aesthetic\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe ship worldwide from Seoul to licensed practitioners, clinics and distributors. Payment is arranged with our team after you order. See our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/shipping-policy\"\u003eshipping terms\u003c\/a\u003e. See other BNC Global boosters such as \u003ca href=\"\/products\/syniro-pdrn\"\u003eSyniro PDRN\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/products\/elaxen-pdrn\"\u003eElaxen PDRN\u003c\/a\u003e, or browse all \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/skin-boosters\"\u003eskin boosters\u003c\/a\u003e. For trade pricing, \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003econtact us\u003c\/a\u003e with your quantity and destination country.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor administration by trained, licensed medical professionals only.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eJuve Face FAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho makes Juve Face?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBNC Global, South Korea.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is in the box?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTwo 3 mL pre-filled syringes, as listed for this product. Check the pack details on the box you receive.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow strong is Juve Face?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt contains 2% polynucleotide (PN).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs Juve Face a filler?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. It is a skin booster. It improves skin quality and does not replace lost volume.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan Juve Face be used on stretch marks?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The manufacturer lists stretch marks as an application area.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I order Juve Face wholesale?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003eContact us\u003c\/a\u003e with your quantity and destination country.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Juve","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52914213912858,"sku":null,"price":164.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0748\/5053\/3658\/files\/juve_face.png?v=1793178587"},{"product_id":"eyebella","title":"EYEBELLA","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEyebella\u003c\/strong\u003e is a Korean polynucleotide (PN) skin booster made for the eye area. Each box holds one 2 mL pre-filled syringe with 1% PN (20 mg in 2 mL), purified from salmon DNA. Injectors use it for dark circles, fine lines and thin, tired skin under the eyes, and for overall facial skin quality.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEyebella contains no lidocaine. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003eContact us\u003c\/a\u003e for trade pricing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is Eyebella made of?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEyebella contains one active ingredient: polynucleotide at 1%. Polynucleotides are long chains of purified DNA. They bind water and are reported to support fibroblast activity and the skin's own collagen.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePN does not add volume. It works on skin quality, which is why it suits the thin skin under the eye. It does not replace a tear trough filler for true hollowing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat does Eyebella treat?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEyebella is used for fine lines, crepey texture, dark circles and loss of elasticity around the eyes. The same syringe can be used across the whole face for general skin quality.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow is Eyebella used?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEyebella is injected superficially by a trained professional. The supplier gives two reference plans:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDark circles\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhole face\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNeedle\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30G, or a multi-needle device\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e33G, or a multi-needle device\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eVolume\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 1 mL per eye (2 mL per session)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 mL for the full face\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePoints\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6–10 small points under each eye\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpread evenly over the face\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCourse\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd colspan=\"2\"\u003e2–3 sessions, 3–4 weeks apart\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese are reference ranges only. The treating clinician decides the plan for each patient. The eye area has a dense network of vessels, so place small amounts slowly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow long does Eyebella last?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier lists results of 6 to 12 months after a full course. The result builds over the 2–3 sessions and varies with age, skin condition and sun exposure. Pigment-type and vessel-type dark circles respond differently.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow should Eyebella be stored?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore between 2 and 25 °C, away from direct sunlight. Do not freeze. Shelf life is about 24 months from manufacture — check the date on the box.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuying Eyebella from Korean Aesthetic\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe ship worldwide from Seoul to licensed practitioners, clinics and distributors. Payment is arranged with our team after you order. See our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/shipping-policy\"\u003eshipping terms\u003c\/a\u003e. Compare other PN boosters such as \u003ca href=\"\/products\/rejuran\"\u003eRejuran\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/products\/kiara-reju\"\u003eKiara Reju\u003c\/a\u003e, or the eye-area \u003ca href=\"\/products\/hp-cell\"\u003eHP Cell\u003c\/a\u003e range. Many clinics apply a \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/anesthetics-ointments\"\u003enumbing cream\u003c\/a\u003e first. For trade pricing, \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003econtact us\u003c\/a\u003e with your quantity and destination country.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor administration by trained, licensed medical professionals only.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eEyebella FAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is in Eyebella?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e1% polynucleotide from salmon DNA — 20 mg in a 2 mL syringe.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes Eyebella contain lidocaine?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. Use a topical numbing cream if needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow many sessions are needed?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUsually 2 to 3 sessions, 3 to 4 weeks apart.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan people with fish allergy have Eyebella?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PN comes from salmon DNA. Ask about fish and seafood allergy before treatment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes Eyebella fill hollow under-eyes?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. It improves skin quality. Hollowing from volume loss needs a filler.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Eyebella","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52914214175002,"sku":null,"price":31.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0748\/5053\/3658\/files\/eyebella.png?v=1793178588"},{"product_id":"manla-kar","title":"Manla Kar","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManla Kar\u003c\/strong\u003e is an atelocollagen skin booster made in South Korea and supplied in 1 mL units. The collagen comes from pig skin and is enzyme-treated to remove the telopeptides that trigger immune reactions. It is diluted with saline and used by professionals for hydration, brightening, pore care and the under-eye area.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBox quantity is as printed on the pack. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003eContact us for trade pricing\u003c\/a\u003e and current pack details.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is Manla Kar made of?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eManla Kar is made of atelocollagen from porcine skin. Pig skin is about 85% collagen. Raw collagen has end sections called telopeptides, which the immune system can recognise. An enzyme step cuts these off. What remains is atelocollagen, which is very close in structure to human collagen and is absorbed well.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is Manla Kar used for?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is used to improve general skin quality, with a focus on the eye area. The stated aims are:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDeep hydration and moisture\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSmaller-looking pores and smoother texture\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBrighter, more even tone\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSofter fine lines and dark circles around the eyes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFading of spots and support for skin repair\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is not a volumising filler.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow is Manla Kar diluted?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eManla Kar is always diluted before use. Two mixes are described by the supplier:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eUse\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMix\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRatio\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDelivery\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUnder-eye\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 mL Manla Kar + 1 mL normal saline\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1:1\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4 mm microneedle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWater-light (skin booster) session\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManla Kar + saline + water-light solution\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1:1:1\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWater-light needle or meso gun; 2–3 mL of mix\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMix just before treatment, under clean conditions, and use it in the same session. Turn the syringe gently to mix; do not shake. These are reference ratios. The clinician decides the final plan.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eManla Kar vs HA skin boosters — what is the difference?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eManla Kar supplies collagen itself, while HA boosters supply hyaluronic acid to bind water. Clinics often use an HA or polynucleotide booster such as \u003ca href=\"\/products\/rejuran\"\u003eRejuran\u003c\/a\u003e for hydration and repair, and add a collagen product where the under-eye area is the main concern.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow should Manla Kar be stored?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore as printed on the box, away from direct sunlight. Do not freeze. Check the expiry date, and discard any diluted product left after the session.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuying Manla Kar from Korean Aesthetic\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe ship original boxes worldwide from Seoul to licensed practitioners, clinics and distributors. Payment is arranged with our team after you order. See our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/shipping-policy\"\u003eshipping terms\u003c\/a\u003e, or compare other \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/skin-boosters\"\u003eKorean skin boosters\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor administration by trained, licensed medical professionals only.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eManla Kar FAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is atelocollagen?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCollagen with its telopeptide ends removed by enzymes, which lowers the risk of an immune reaction.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhere does the collagen come from?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePig skin. Tell patients this at consultation in case of dietary or religious objections.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat size is one unit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e1 mL.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan it be used undiluted?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. Both described protocols dilute it with saline first.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan it be used under the eyes?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The under-eye mix is 1:1 with normal saline, delivered with a 4 mm microneedle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes it contain lidocaine?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo lidocaine is listed. Many clinics apply a \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/anesthetics-ointments\"\u003enumbing cream\u003c\/a\u003e first.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Manla Kar","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52914214207770,"sku":null,"price":57.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0748\/5053\/3658\/files\/manla_kar.png?v=1793171535"},{"product_id":"bellacoll","title":"Bellacoll","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBellacoll\u003c\/strong\u003e is a Korean collagen injectable made from type I porcine atelocollagen with lidocaine. Each box holds one 1 mL pre-filled syringe. It is used for the temporary correction of uneven soft tissue, such as facial wrinkles and folds, and for skin firmness.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is a collagen product, not a hyaluronic acid gel, so it handles and behaves differently. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003eAsk us about trade pricing\u003c\/a\u003e if you order in volume.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is Bellacoll made of?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBellacoll is type I collagen from porcine (pig) skin in atelocollagen form, with lidocaine added for comfort. Atelocollagen is collagen with the telopeptides removed. Telopeptides are the end parts of the collagen molecule most linked to immune reactions, so removing them is meant to lower the chance of an allergic response.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBellacoll vs a hyaluronic acid filler — what is the difference?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe main difference is the material. Bellacoll puts collagen itself into the tissue; an HA filler puts in a water-binding gel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBellacoll\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHA dermal filler\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType I porcine atelocollagen\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCross-linked hyaluronic acid\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLidocaine\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIncluded\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDepends on the product\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMain use\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWrinkles, folds and skin firmness\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLines, folds, lips and volume\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHyaluronidase\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDoes not dissolve it\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDissolves the gel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAnimal origin\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes, porcine\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUsually non-animal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf you need a product that can be dissolved, choose from our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/dermal-fillers\"\u003ehyaluronic acid dermal fillers\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is Bellacoll used for?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBellacoll is used for the temporary restoration of soft tissue in uneven areas, such as facial wrinkles and folds. The maker also describes benefits for skin elasticity and a more even skin tone.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe maker does not publish a set number of sessions or a duration in months. Follow the instructions for use in the box for the injection layer, volume and technique.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat should patients know before treatment?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePatients should know that the collagen comes from pigs. Some patients will decline it for religious or dietary reasons, so raise it at the consultation. Do not use it in anyone with a known allergy to collagen, porcine material or lidocaine.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow should Bellacoll be stored?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore it at the temperature printed on the box and do not freeze. Check the seal and expiry date before use. Each syringe is for one patient only.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuying Bellacoll from Korean Aesthetic\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe ship original Bellacoll boxes worldwide from Seoul to licensed practitioners, clinics and distributors. Payment is arranged with our team after you order. See our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/shipping-policy\"\u003eshipping terms\u003c\/a\u003e, or browse \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/skin-boosters\"\u003eKorean skin boosters\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/biostimulators\"\u003ecollagen biostimulators\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor administration by trained, licensed medical professionals only.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBellacoll FAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the collagen porcine or bovine?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePorcine. It is type I pig collagen in atelocollagen form.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes Bellacoll contain lidocaine?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Lidocaine is part of the formula.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow much is in a box?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne 1 mL pre-filled syringe.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan Bellacoll be dissolved with hyaluronidase?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. Hyaluronidase acts on hyaluronic acid, not on collagen, so inject conservatively.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs an allergy test needed?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRules for testing before collagen treatment differ by country. Follow the instructions for use and your local requirements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Bellacoll","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52914217910554,"sku":null,"price":68.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0748\/5053\/3658\/files\/bellacoll.png?v=1793171535"},{"product_id":"asce-derma-signal-kit","title":"ASCE+ Derma Signal Kit","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eASCE+ Derma Signal Kit\u003c\/strong\u003e is a two-vial topical exosome kit from ExoCoBio in South Korea, supplied worldwide from Seoul by Korean Aesthetic. Each set pairs a 20 mg vial of freeze-dried exosome complex with a 5 mL vial of activating diluent containing hyaluronic acid, mixed immediately before use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat the ASCE+ Derma Signal Kit is used for\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe kit is intended for skin that looks tired, dull, rough or stressed. The concerns ExoCoBio lists are enlarged pores, dryness, loss of firmness, and damage from sun and pollution. In practice clinics most often reach for it to calm and support skin after a procedure, which is why it tends to sit alongside microneedling and laser work rather than replacing anything in the treatment menu.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is in the two vials\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe kit is built on exosomes purified with ExoCoBio's ExoSCRT technology. Exosomes are tiny vesicles that cells release to carry signals to other cells. The first vial holds 20 mg of freeze-dried exosome complex with growth factors, peptides, amino acids, minerals, coenzymes and vitamins; the supplier lists 9 growth factors, 30 amino acids, 6 peptides, 6 minerals, 4 coenzymes, vitamins and retinol. The actives are freeze-dried because they keep better as a powder than in liquid. The second vial holds 5 mL of activating solution with hyaluronic acid.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow the ASCE+ Derma Signal Kit compares with injectable boosters\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe clearest difference is route. \u003ca href=\"\/products\/rejuran\"\u003eRejuran\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/products\/kiara-reju\"\u003eKiara Reju\u003c\/a\u003e are injectable polynucleotide skin boosters, placed into the skin by a clinician over a course of sessions. The ASCE+ Derma Signal Kit is applied to the skin surface, so it works as an add-on to a procedure rather than as a standalone injection protocol. Within the exosome group, \u003ca href=\"\/products\/exoxe\"\u003eExoxe\u003c\/a\u003e is the closest comparison in our range. The full range sits in \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/skin-boosters\"\u003eskin boosters\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow the ASCE+ Derma Signal Kit is prepared and applied\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAdd the full 5 mL of diluent to the freeze-dried vial and swirl gently until the powder dissolves; do not shake. Apply the mixed solution to clean skin, usually during or after a clinic procedure such as microneedling or laser. Use it straight away and discard any remainder — the mixed product is not for storage. Some third-party listings describe needle delivery; we do not publish an injection protocol for this product, and it should be used only as directed in ExoCoBio's instructions for use. Keep both vials in the original box, away from sunlight and heat, and follow the storage temperature and expiry date printed on it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuying the ASCE+ Derma Signal Kit from Korean Aesthetic\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe ship from Seoul to the USA, Europe and worldwide, supplying licensed practitioners, clinics and distributors. Customs clearance is handled for US and EU orders, and payment is arranged with our team after the order is placed. See our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/shipping-policy\"\u003eshipping terms\u003c\/a\u003e, or \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003econtact us\u003c\/a\u003e with your quantity and destination country for trade pricing and the current number of sets per box.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor administration by trained, licensed medical professionals only.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"ASCE+","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52914217976090,"sku":null,"price":187.9,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0748\/5053\/3658\/files\/asce_derma_signal_kit_set.png?v=1793171535"},{"product_id":"ammi-capture-time","title":"Ammi capture Time","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAmmi Capture Time\u003c\/strong\u003e is a Korean skin booster solution from the Ammi brand. Each box holds five 3 mL pre-filled syringes. The formula pairs hyaluronic acid with four active ingredients: niacinamide, glutathione, adenosine and copper tripeptide. Clinics use it for dry, dull or tired-looking skin on the face, neck and décolleté.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is a skin-quality product, not a volumising filler. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003eContact us for trade pricing\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is Ammi Capture Time made of?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAmmi Capture Time is a hyaluronic acid base with four actives in a buffered saline solution. Each ingredient has its own job:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIngredient\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRole\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHyaluronic acid\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBinds water and keeps the skin hydrated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNiacinamide\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSupports an even skin tone and the skin barrier\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGlutathione\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAntioxidant, used for brightness\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAdenosine\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUsed in wrinkle-care formulas\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCopper tripeptide (Cu-tripeptide)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePeptide used to support firmness and texture\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe carrier is purified water with sodium chloride and phosphate buffers. The solution contains no lidocaine. It comes ready to use, so there is nothing to mix.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is Ammi Capture Time used for?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAmmi Capture Time is used to improve skin quality rather than shape. The main concerns are moisture loss, reduced elasticity, fine lines, rough texture and dull or uneven tone. Target areas are the face, the neck and the décolleté.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow is Ammi Capture Time used?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFollow the manufacturer's instructions for use supplied in the box. The brand suggests an EZ-type multi-needle injector for even application over a wide area. Depth, volume per point and spacing are for the trained practitioner to decide. Because the solution has no lidocaine, many clinics apply a \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/anesthetics-ointments\"\u003enumbing cream\u003c\/a\u003e first.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow many sessions are in one box?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne box holds five 3 mL syringes, so it is designed as a course rather than a single treatment. The number of sessions and the interval between them depend on the patient and the area. Use each syringe for one patient only.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eIs Ammi Capture Time a filler?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The hyaluronic acid here hydrates the skin. It does not add structural volume the way a cross-linked \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/dermal-fillers\"\u003edermal filler\u003c\/a\u003e does. For other skin-quality options, compare it with \u003ca href=\"\/products\/rejuran\"\u003eRejuran\u003c\/a\u003e or browse all \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/skin-boosters\"\u003eKorean skin boosters\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow should Ammi Capture Time be stored?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore as printed on the box, away from direct sunlight, and do not freeze. Check each syringe before use and discard it if the seal is damaged.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuying Ammi Capture Time from Korean Aesthetic\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe ship worldwide from Seoul to licensed practitioners, clinics and distributors. Payment is arranged with our team after you order. See our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/shipping-policy\"\u003eshipping terms\u003c\/a\u003e for delivery details.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor administration by trained, licensed medical professionals only.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eAmmi Capture Time FAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is in a box of Ammi Capture Time?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFive pre-filled syringes of 3 mL each, 15 mL in total.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat are the active ingredients?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHyaluronic acid, niacinamide, glutathione, adenosine and copper tripeptide.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes it contain lidocaine?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. Use a topical anaesthetic where needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes it need to be mixed or diluted?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. It is supplied as a finished solution.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich areas is it used on?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe face, neck and décolleté.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Ammi","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52914218008858,"sku":null,"price":154.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0748\/5053\/3658\/files\/ammi_capture_time.png?v=1793171535"},{"product_id":"ami-eyes","title":"AMI EYES","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAMI EYES\u003c\/strong\u003e is a Korean polynucleotide (PN) skin booster made for the under-eye area. Each box holds one 2 mL pre-filled syringe with 1% polynucleotide purified from salmon DNA. Practitioners use it for dark circles, fine lines and thin, tired-looking skin under the eyes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt improves skin quality rather than adding volume. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003eContact us for trade pricing\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is AMI EYES made of?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAMI EYES contains 1% polynucleotide (PN), long DNA fragments purified from salmon. The formula is also listed with hyaluronic acid for hydration; check the box for the full ingredient list. It has no lidocaine and it is not a cross-linked filler.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow does AMI EYES work?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePolynucleotides act as a scaffold in the dermis and hold water. They are used to support the skin's own repair and collagen production. The aim is firmer, smoother and more even-looking skin over a course of sessions, not an instant fill.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow is AMI EYES injected?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAMI EYES is injected into the dermis in small points under each eye. The reference plan below follows the usage guide published for the product. The treating clinician adjusts it for each patient.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eUnder-eye treatment\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFull-face mesotherapy\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNeedle\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30G 13 mm, or a multi \/ meso needle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e33G, or a multi \/ meso needle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePoints\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 6–10 per eye\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpread across the face\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eVolume\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 mL per eye (2 mL per session)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 mL for the whole face\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCourse\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd colspan=\"2\"\u003e3 sessions, 20–30 days apart\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf dark circles are stronger in one zone, a little more product can be placed there. Plan the split before you start.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eAMI EYES or an under-eye filler — which one?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose AMI EYES when the problem is skin quality: thin skin, fine lines or dullness. Choose a soft \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/dermal-fillers\"\u003eHA filler\u003c\/a\u003e when the problem is a hollow that needs volume. For face-wide PN treatment, compare \u003ca href=\"\/products\/rejuran\"\u003eRejuran\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca href=\"\/products\/kiara-reju\"\u003eKiara Reju\u003c\/a\u003e, or browse all \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/skin-boosters\"\u003eKorean skin boosters\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow should AMI EYES be stored?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore at room temperature, away from direct sunlight, and do not freeze. Check the expiry date printed on the box. The syringe is single use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuying AMI EYES from Korean Aesthetic\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe ship worldwide from Seoul to licensed practitioners, clinics and distributors. Payment is arranged with our team after you order. See our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/shipping-policy\"\u003eshipping terms\u003c\/a\u003e. Many clinics also order a \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/anesthetics-ointments\"\u003enumbing cream\u003c\/a\u003e, since the syringe has no lidocaine.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor administration by trained, licensed medical professionals only.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eAMI EYES FAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is AMI EYES used for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDark circles, fine lines and loss of elasticity in the skin under the eyes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow much product is in the box?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne 2 mL pre-filled syringe, enough for one under-eye session on both sides.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow many sessions are needed?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe usual course is 3 sessions, 20 to 30 days apart.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs AMI EYES a filler?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. It is a polynucleotide skin booster. It does not add structural volume.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan patients with a fish allergy have AMI EYES?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe polynucleotide comes from salmon, so ask about fish allergy before treatment and do not treat patients with a known allergy.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"AMI","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52914218074394,"sku":null,"price":42.9,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0748\/5053\/3658\/files\/ami_eyes.png?v=1793171535"},{"product_id":"2xsome-skin-booster","title":"2XSOME Skin Booster","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e2XSOME Skin Booster\u003c\/strong\u003e is a Korean exosome-based skin booster for professional use, supplied worldwide from Seoul by Korean Aesthetic. Its active ingredient is exosomes, and it is positioned as a skin-quality treatment rather than a product that adds volume.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat 2XSOME Skin Booster is used for\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier lists five concerns for 2XSOME: ageing skin that has lost vitality, fine lines and wrinkles, sagging and loss of elasticity, scars and post-acne marks, and uneven tone and dark spots. All five are skin-condition concerns, which is the category 2XSOME sits in. It is not a volumising product and will not project or contour tissue, so clinics treating hollowing or structural loss need a dermal filler rather than a booster.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is in the vial\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe active ingredient in 2XSOME is exosomes. Exosomes are tiny vesicles that cells release; they carry proteins, lipids and nucleic acids from one cell to another and act as messengers between them. The exosome source, the particle count and the remaining ingredients are not confirmed in the sources available to us. Those details are printed on the box and in the leaflet supplied with it, and we are happy to confirm the current pack configuration before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow 2XSOME compares with other boosters we stock\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExosome, polynucleotide and hyaluronic acid boosters work along different lines. \u003ca href=\"\/products\/rejuran\"\u003eRejuran\u003c\/a\u003e is a polynucleotide product built on purified DNA chains that bind water and support repair. \u003ca href=\"\/products\/kiara-reju\"\u003eKiara Reju\u003c\/a\u003e sits in the same polynucleotide group. 2XSOME instead uses exosomes to carry signals between cells, as does \u003ca href=\"\/products\/exoxe\"\u003eExoxe\u003c\/a\u003e, the other exosome product in our range. Exosome products are a newer group than PN and HA boosters and published data on them is still growing, so claims should be kept to what the manufacturer states. You can see the full range in \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/skin-boosters\"\u003eskin boosters\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow 2XSOME is administered\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e2XSOME is for use by dermatologists and trained aesthetic professionals. Exosome products are handled in different ways depending on the product, and many are applied to the skin surface during or after a procedure. We could not confirm the route for 2XSOME, so no protocol, depth or volume is given here: use it only as directed in the manufacturer's instructions for use. The supplier describes it as a course treatment whose results build gradually over a series of sessions, but no fixed session count or interval is published, so the treating clinician sets the plan. Keep the product in its original box, away from sunlight and heat, and follow the storage temperature and expiry date printed on the box.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuying 2XSOME Skin Booster from Korean Aesthetic\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe ship from Seoul to the USA, Europe and worldwide, supplying licensed practitioners, clinics and distributors. Customs clearance is handled for US and EU orders, and payment is arranged with our team after the order is placed. See our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/shipping-policy\"\u003eshipping terms\u003c\/a\u003e for delivery detail, or \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003econtact us\u003c\/a\u003e with your quantity and destination country for trade pricing and current pack availability.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor administration by trained, licensed medical professionals only.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"2XSOME","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52914218434842,"sku":null,"price":89.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0748\/5053\/3658\/files\/2xsome_booster.png?v=1793171535"},{"product_id":"1st-nefer-ti-ti-solution","title":"1st Nefer Ti Ti Solution","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e1st Nefer Ti Ti Solution\u003c\/strong\u003e is a Korean skin solution from the brand 1.st. Each set holds five 2.5 mL ampoules. The formula combines niacinamide, sodium hyaluronate, adenosine, three peptides and a long list of amino acids and vitamins. The brand describes it as an intensive care solution for wrinkles and overall complexion.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt ships from Seoul in the original box. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003eAsk us about trade pricing\u003c\/a\u003e if you order in volume.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is 1st Nefer Ti Ti Solution made of?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is a water-based solution with niacinamide as the first active on the ingredient list. The main groups are:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGroup\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eListed ingredients\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhy it is there\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrightening\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNiacinamide (vitamin B3)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEven-looking skin tone\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHydration\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSodium hyaluronate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHolds water in the skin\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWrinkle care\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdenosine\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSmoother-looking fine lines\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePeptides\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCopper tripeptide-1, oligopeptide-1, oligopeptide-2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSkin conditioning\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAmino acids\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eArginine, lysine, leucine, glycine, proline and more\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBuilding blocks for the skin barrier\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVitamins\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eB1, B2, B5, B6, B12, biotin, folic acid\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSkin nutrition\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMinerals\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eZinc, copper, magnesium, calcium salts\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBalanced base\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe sodium hyaluronate here is not cross-linked. It hydrates; it does not add volume like a filler. Percentages are not published.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is 1st Nefer Ti Ti Solution used for?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is used in professional skin programmes for dull, dry or tired-looking skin with fine lines and uneven tone. The mix of niacinamide, hyaluronate and peptides targets tone, moisture and texture at the same time. That is why clinics treat it as an all-round skin quality product instead of a single-purpose one.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow is 1st Nefer Ti Ti Solution used?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFollow the manufacturer's instructions for use supplied with the product. They set how the solution is applied and how often. The ampoules are ready to use, with no mixing. Open one ampoule per treatment and use it promptly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow does it compare with PN skin boosters?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is a different kind of product. Polynucleotide products such as \u003ca href=\"\/products\/rejuran\"\u003eRejuran\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/products\/kiara-reju\"\u003eKiara Reju\u003c\/a\u003e are built on one main active. 1st Nefer Ti Ti Solution is a multi-ingredient solution based on niacinamide, hyaluronate, peptides and nutrients. Browse all \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/skin-boosters\"\u003eKorean skin boosters\u003c\/a\u003e to compare.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow should 1st Nefer Ti Ti Solution be stored?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore it as printed on the box, away from direct sunlight and heat. Do not use an ampoule that is cracked or past its date. Discard what is left in an opened ampoule.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuying 1st Nefer Ti Ti Solution from Korean Aesthetic\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe ship worldwide from Seoul to licensed practitioners, clinics and distributors. Payment is arranged with our team after you place the order. See our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/shipping-policy\"\u003eshipping terms\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor professional use by trained practitioners only. Follow the manufacturer's instructions for use.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003e1st Nefer Ti Ti Solution FAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow many ampoules are in a set?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFive ampoules of 2.5 mL each, 12.5 mL in total.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat are the key ingredients?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNiacinamide, sodium hyaluronate, adenosine, copper tripeptide-1, oligopeptides, amino acids and B vitamins.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs it a filler?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. It does not add volume. It is a skin quality solution.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes it need mixing?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The ampoules are ready to use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eShould patients use sun protection?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Daily sun protection supports any brightening programme.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"1.st Nefer Ti Ti","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52914218500378,"sku":null,"price":114.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0748\/5053\/3658\/files\/1st_nefer_ti_ti_solution.png?v=1793171535"},{"product_id":"rejubeau-stylish-le-ciel-rosy","title":"Rejubeau Stylish Le Ciel Rosy","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRejubeau Stylish Le Ciel Rosy\u003c\/strong\u003e is a poly-L-lactic acid (PLLA) collagen stimulator from the Korean Rejubeau brand, supplied worldwide from Seoul by Korean Aesthetic. It comes as a vial of 365 mg PLLA powder, hydrated into an even suspension before injection and placed in the subcutaneous layer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat Rejubeau Stylish Le Ciel Rosy is used for\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe brand names three uses: deep wrinkles and folds such as nasolabial folds and marionette lines; volume loss in areas thinned by ageing or facial fat loss; and facial contour, meaning a more even outline. All three are treated by building tissue rather than filling it, which is the practical distinction from a hyaluronic acid filler — little shows on the day of treatment and the change builds over the following weeks and months. Two to three sessions are recommended, depending on the patient's skin.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is in the vial\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe active material is PLLA, a synthetic, biodegradable polymer that has been used in medicine for more than 20 years. The vial is labelled 365 mg and the full ingredient list is printed on the box. PLLA is a stimulus rather than an implant: placed under the skin it prompts the body to make collagen, so the gain in firmness and volume is the patient's own tissue. There is no lidocaine in the vial, and PLLA cannot be dissolved with hyaluronidase — a point worth settling with the patient before treatment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow it compares with other products we stock\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt sits in the same size class as the other 360 to 365 mg PLLA vials in our range. Within \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/biostimulators\"\u003ebiostimulators\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"\/products\/fize-pla\"\u003eFize PLA\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/products\/gouri\"\u003eGouri\u003c\/a\u003e are the nearest alternatives to compare on polymer and pack; check each product page for its own composition and instructions. Against a skin booster such as \u003ca href=\"\/products\/kiara-reju\"\u003eKiara Reju\u003c\/a\u003e the comparison is one of purpose rather than strength: boosters work on skin quality, while a PLLA biostimulator addresses structure and volume loss, and clinics often run the two alongside each other.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow Rejubeau Stylish Le Ciel Rosy is prepared and administered\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis product is a dry powder and must be hydrated into an even suspension before injection. The diluent, the volume and the standing time are set out in the manufacturer's instructions for use supplied in the box — follow those, not a protocol carried over from another PLLA product. Mix gently until no clumps are visible, since a lumpy suspension blocks needles and raises the risk of nodules. The brand specifies placement in the subcutaneous layer; depth, placement and quantity otherwise remain the clinician's decision. Store the sealed vial as printed on the box, away from direct sunlight and moisture, use it before the printed expiry date, and use a hydrated vial within the time given in the instructions for use, discarding what is left.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuying Rejubeau Stylish Le Ciel Rosy from Korean Aesthetic\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe ship from Seoul to the USA, Europe and worldwide, supplying licensed practitioners, clinics and distributors. Customs clearance is handled for US and EU orders, and payment is arranged with our team after the order is placed. Delivery details are in our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/shipping-policy\"\u003eshipping policy\u003c\/a\u003e, and for trade pricing you can \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003econtact us\u003c\/a\u003e with your quantity and destination country.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor administration by trained, licensed medical professionals only.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Rejubeau","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52914218729754,"sku":null,"price":188.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0748\/5053\/3658\/files\/rejubeau_le_ciel_rosy.png?v=1793171535"},{"product_id":"revitrane-ha-20","title":"Revitrane HA 20 Skin Booster","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRevitrane HA 20 Skin Booster\u003c\/strong\u003e is a hyaluronic acid (HA) skin booster from the Revitrane line by BR Pharm in South Korea. Each box holds three 2 mL pre-filled syringes. It is placed in the superficial dermis to hydrate the skin and soften fine lines on the face, neck and backs of the hands.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is for skin quality, not for volume. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003eAsk us about trade pricing\u003c\/a\u003e if you order in volume.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is Revitrane HA 20 made of?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRevitrane HA 20 is stabilised hyaluronic acid gel. The maker describes the HA as having a uniform molecular structure, which helps the gel resist breakdown in the skin. The gel is balanced for viscosity, elasticity and cohesivity, so it blends in smoothly when placed close to the surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo lidocaine is listed in the syringe. Plan a \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/anesthetics-ointments\"\u003etopical numbing cream\u003c\/a\u003e where the area or the patient needs it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat areas does Revitrane HA 20 treat?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRevitrane HA 20 is used on three areas, always in the superficial dermis:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFace\u003c\/strong\u003e — hydration, smoothness and overall texture.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNeck\u003c\/strong\u003e — fine lines on thin skin with little support beneath it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHands\u003c\/strong\u003e — hydration for the backs of the hands.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSkin booster or filler — which do you need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse a skin booster when the complaint is dry, dull or finely lined skin. Use a filler when the complaint is a fold or lost volume.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRevitrane HA 20\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/revofil-aquashine-ptx\"\u003eRevofil Aquashine PTX\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHA dermal filler\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eType\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSkin booster\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSkin booster\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVolumising filler\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMain content\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStabilised hyaluronic acid\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNon-cross-linked HA + peptides\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCross-linked hyaluronic acid\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePack\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 mL × 3 syringes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 mL × 1 syringe\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUsually 1 mL × 1 syringe\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGoal\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHydration and fine lines\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRevitalising, wrinkles, neck\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFolds, lips and contour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow long does Revitrane HA 20 last?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe maker states visible results for up to six months. What patients notice is smoother, more supple skin rather than a change in shape. The real figure depends on the skin, the area and the number of sessions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow should Revitrane HA 20 be stored?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore it as printed on the box, away from direct sunlight, and do not freeze. The syringes are ready to use, and each is for one patient only.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuying Revitrane HA 20 from Korean Aesthetic\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe ship original Revitrane boxes worldwide from Seoul to licensed practitioners, clinics and distributors. Payment is arranged with our team after you order. See our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/shipping-policy\"\u003eshipping terms\u003c\/a\u003e, or compare other \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/skin-boosters\"\u003eKorean skin boosters\u003c\/a\u003e such as \u003ca href=\"\/products\/rejuran\"\u003eRejuran\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor administration by trained, licensed medical professionals only.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eRevitrane HA 20 FAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow many syringes are in a box?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThree pre-filled syringes of 2 mL each.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs Revitrane HA 20 a filler or a skin booster?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA skin booster. It is for hydration and fine lines in the superficial dermis, not for structural volume.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes it contain lidocaine?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo lidocaine is listed, so use a topical anaesthetic where needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow deep is it injected?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInto the superficial dermis.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan it be dissolved?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. It is hyaluronic acid, so hyaluronidase breaks it down.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Revitrane","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52914219909402,"sku":null,"price":94.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0748\/5053\/3658\/files\/revitrane_ha20.png?v=1793171535"},{"product_id":"revitalrex","title":"Revitalrex","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRevitalrex\u003c\/strong\u003e is a PDRN (polydeoxyribonucleotide) skin booster for professional use. Each box holds 10 vials of 3 mL, supplied as a ready-to-use solution. It is used to support skin repair and renewal, not to add volume.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eClinics use it on tired, thin or recovering skin, often as part of a wider plan. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003eContact us for trade pricing\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is Revitalrex made of?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRevitalrex is built on PDRN, a DNA-derived ingredient made of nucleotide chains. The formula is described as a DNA mixture with molecular weights from 50 to 1,500 kDa. A spread of chain sizes is intended to help absorption.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PDRN concentration is not published, so we do not quote one. No lidocaine is listed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow does PDRN work?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePDRN supports the skin's own repair processes. Three actions are described for Revitalrex:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCirculation\u003c\/strong\u003e — it prompts the release of VEGF, a growth factor linked to new small blood vessels and better nutrient supply.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCell renewal\u003c\/strong\u003e — it supplies nucleotides and nucleosides, the building blocks used when cells make DNA.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFibroblast activity\u003c\/strong\u003e — it encourages the growth of fibroblasts, the cells that maintain collagen and elastin.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eRevitalrex vs fillers and PN boosters — where does it fit?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRevitalrex is a repair product; it sits beside polynucleotide boosters and well apart from fillers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRevitalrex\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePN booster, e.g. \u003ca href=\"\/products\/rejuran\"\u003eRejuran\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHA dermal filler\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMain ingredient\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePDRN\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePolynucleotide (PN)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCross-linked hyaluronic acid\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAim\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSkin repair and renewal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSkin repair and elasticity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVolume and shape\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eResult\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGradual, over a course\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGradual, over a course\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eImmediate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFormat\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 × 3 mL vials\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePre-filled syringes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePre-filled syringes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow is Revitalrex used?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRevitalrex comes ready to use, with no mixing. Check that each vial is sealed and the solution is clear. Depth, volume per point and session interval should follow the manufacturer's instructions for use supplied with the box. The clinician sets the course.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhen do results show?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eResults build gradually over a course of sessions. PDRN works through cell renewal, so patients should not expect a visible change straight after the first visit. No fixed duration is published.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow should Revitalrex be stored?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore as printed on the box, away from direct sunlight. Do not freeze. Use an opened vial promptly and discard what is left.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuying Revitalrex from Korean Aesthetic\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe ship original boxes worldwide from Seoul to licensed practitioners, clinics and distributors. Payment is arranged with our team after you order. See our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/shipping-policy\"\u003eshipping terms\u003c\/a\u003e, or compare other \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/skin-boosters\"\u003eKorean skin boosters\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor administration by trained, licensed medical professionals only.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eRevitalrex FAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the active ingredient in Revitalrex?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePDRN, short for polydeoxyribonucleotide.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow much is in a box?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTen vials of 3 mL each, 30 mL in total.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs Revitalrex a filler?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. It adds no volume. It is a booster aimed at skin quality and repair.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes it need to be mixed?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. It is supplied as a finished solution.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes it contain lidocaine?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo lidocaine is listed. Many clinics apply a \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/anesthetics-ointments\"\u003enumbing cream\u003c\/a\u003e first.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Revitalrex","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52914219974938,"sku":null,"price":187.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0748\/5053\/3658\/files\/revitalrex_vial.png?v=1793161385"},{"product_id":"revofil-aquashine-ptx","title":"Revofil Aquashine PTX","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRevofil Aquashine PTX\u003c\/strong\u003e is an injectable skin booster from Caregen in South Korea. It combines non-cross-linked hyaluronic acid (sodium hyaluronate) with biomimetic peptides. Each box holds one 2 mL pre-filled syringe. It is used to revitalise the skin and soften wrinkles on the face, around the mouth and on the neck.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt improves skin quality; it does not add volume like a filler. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003eAsk us about trade pricing\u003c\/a\u003e if you order in volume.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is Aquashine PTX made of?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAquashine PTX has two main parts. The first is sodium hyaluronate in non-cross-linked form, which hydrates the skin and supports elasticity and firmness. The second is a complex of biomimetic peptides — small lab-made peptides designed to copy signals the skin already uses.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe maker describes the peptides as supporting cell renewal and as helping to relax the muscle tension that deepens expression lines. Both parts are resorbable, which means the body breaks them down naturally. No lidocaine is listed in the syringe.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat areas does Aquashine PTX treat?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAquashine PTX is aimed at medium to deep wrinkles and tired skin. The listed areas are:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFacial oval\u003c\/strong\u003e — firmness in the lower face.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDeeper wrinkles\u003c\/strong\u003e — including nasolabial folds.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePerioral lines\u003c\/strong\u003e — the lines around the mouth.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNeckline\u003c\/strong\u003e — fine lines and texture on the neck.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow is Aquashine PTX used?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe suggested dose is one 2 mL syringe per session, with a maximum of 4 mL. Sessions are spaced at least four weeks apart. Follow the manufacturer's instructions for use for injection depth and technique, and assess the skin at each visit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eStep\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSessions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eInterval\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDose per session\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 mL (maximum 4 mL)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e—\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCourse\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRepeated sessions, set by the clinician\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAt least 4 weeks apart\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReview\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEach visit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompare with baseline photos\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eAquashine PTX or a Revofil filler — what is the difference?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAquashine PTX is a booster with non-cross-linked HA, so it revitalises without building shape. The \u003ca href=\"\/products\/revofil\"\u003eRevofil Fine, Plus and Ultra fillers\u003c\/a\u003e from the same maker are for filling lines and adding volume. For a plain HA booster, see \u003ca href=\"\/products\/revitrane-ha-20\"\u003eRevitrane HA 20\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow should Aquashine PTX be stored?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore it as printed on the box, away from direct sunlight, and do not freeze. The syringe is ready to use and is for one patient only.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuying Aquashine PTX from Korean Aesthetic\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe ship original Revofil Aquashine PTX boxes worldwide from Seoul to licensed practitioners, clinics and distributors. Payment is arranged with our team after you order. See our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/shipping-policy\"\u003eshipping terms\u003c\/a\u003e, or browse all \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/skin-boosters\"\u003eKorean skin boosters\u003c\/a\u003e. Many clinics apply a \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/anesthetics-ointments\"\u003enumbing cream\u003c\/a\u003e before perioral and neck work.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor administration by trained, licensed medical professionals only.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eRevofil Aquashine PTX FAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho makes Aquashine PTX?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCaregen Co., Ltd., South Korea.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs Aquashine PTX a filler or a skin booster?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA skin booster. Its hyaluronic acid is not cross-linked, so it hydrates and revitalises rather than adding volume.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow much is used per session?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e2 mL, which is one syringe, with a maximum of 4 mL.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow far apart are sessions?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAt least four weeks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes it contain lidocaine?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo lidocaine is listed, so use a topical anaesthetic where needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Revofil","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52914223612186,"sku":null,"price":77.9,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0748\/5053\/3658\/files\/aquashineptx2.png?v=1793161072"},{"product_id":"selatox-10","title":"Selatox 10","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSelatox 10\u003c\/strong\u003e is a Korean peptide skin booster that contains no botulinum toxin. Each box holds five 5 mL vials of a ready-to-use solution with a hexapeptide complex listed at 5,000 ppm. It is used by professionals on the face and neck for firmer, brighter, better-hydrated skin.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003eContact us\u003c\/a\u003e for trade pricing and current stock.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is Selatox 10 made of?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe key ingredient in Selatox 10 is a hexapeptide complex at 5,000 ppm. Hexapeptides are short chains of six amino acids. They are the main ingredient group in \"toxin-like\" cosmetic boosters.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe solution is protein-based and toxin-free. It needs no mixing or dilution. The full ingredient list is printed on the box.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eIs Selatox 10 the same as botulinum toxin?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. Selatox 10 is a peptide solution, not a neuromodulator. The name can mislead, so here is the difference.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSelatox 10\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBotulinum toxin type A\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eActive\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHexapeptide complex\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBotulinum toxin\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTarget\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSkin quality: firmness, tone, pores, hydration\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMuscle movement and dynamic wrinkles\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePreparation\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReady to use\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReconstituted with saline\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFormat\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 mL × 5 vials, liquid\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFreeze-dried powder vial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLines caused by muscle movement still call for a product from our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/botulinum-toxins\"\u003ebotulinum toxin range\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is Selatox 10 used for?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSelatox 10 is used on the face and neck. The listed concerns are slack skin, enlarged pores, dull or uneven tone, dryness and dark circles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow is Selatox 10 used?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSelatox 10 is ready to use and is applied to clean skin as part of a professional skin treatment, such as a mesotherapy-style or microneedling protocol. The route differs between sources, so we do not give an injection protocol here. Use it as directed in the manufacturer's instructions for use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo fixed session count is published. One box holds 25 mL in total, which covers several sessions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow should Selatox 10 be stored?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKeep the vials in the original box, away from sunlight and heat. Do not freeze. Follow the storage temperature and expiry date printed on the box. Use an opened vial straight away.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuying Selatox 10 from Korean Aesthetic\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe ship worldwide from Seoul to licensed practitioners, clinics and distributors. Payment is arranged with our team after you order. See our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/shipping-policy\"\u003eshipping terms\u003c\/a\u003e. Compare other peptide boosters such as \u003ca href=\"\/products\/dermaheal-skin-booster\"\u003eDermaheal\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/products\/hp-cell\"\u003eHP Cell Tox \u0026amp; Eye Regation\u003c\/a\u003e, or browse all \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/skin-boosters\"\u003eskin boosters\u003c\/a\u003e. For trade pricing, \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003econtact us\u003c\/a\u003e with your quantity and destination country.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor professional use only. Follow the manufacturer's instructions for use.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSelatox 10 FAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes Selatox 10 contain botulinum toxin?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. It is a toxin-free peptide solution.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is in a box?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFive vials of 5 mL each — 25 mL in total.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes Selatox 10 need mixing?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. It is supplied ready to use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill it stop muscle movement like a toxin?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. It targets skin quality and does not relax muscle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhere is Selatox 10 made?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSouth Korea.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Selatox","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52914223710490,"sku":null,"price":91.9,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0748\/5053\/3658\/files\/Sela_Tox_10.jpg?v=1793160868"},{"product_id":"gana-booster","title":"Gana Booster","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGana Booster\u003c\/strong\u003e is a Korean skin booster from GANA R\u0026amp;D. It combines cross-linked hyaluronic acid (HA) at 10 mg\/mL with glutathione at 1 mg\/mL. Each box holds two 3 mL vials. Professionals use it to hydrate, brighten and firm the skin, and to prepare skin before bigger procedures.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGana Booster lists no lidocaine. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003eContact us\u003c\/a\u003e for trade pricing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is Gana Booster made of?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGana Booster has two active ingredients.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIngredient\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAmount (as listed)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eJob\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCross-linked hyaluronic acid\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 mg\/mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHolds water in the skin for longer than free HA\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGlutathione\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 mg\/mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAntioxidant, used for skin tone\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMost hydrating boosters use free (non-cross-linked) HA, which the body clears quickly. Cross-linking slows that breakdown. At 10 mg\/mL the gel is still much lighter than a volumising filler.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is Gana Booster used for?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGana Booster is used for dry, dull or slack skin and fine surface lines. The maker lists these areas:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eForehead and the area around the eyes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLips and the lines around the mouth\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCheeks, chin and temples\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNeck and hands\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is also listed as a skin-preparation step before thread lifting, deep peels or surgery.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow is Gana Booster used?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGana Booster is listed as an injectable for professional use, and it may be combined with a derma pen or roller. We could not confirm the manufacturer's depth, volume or technique per area, so we do not give a protocol here. Use it as directed in the manufacturer's instructions for use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier-listed plan is one session for most skin, and 2 to 3 sessions for badly damaged skin.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow should Gana Booster be stored?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore sealed in a cool, dry place, away from direct sunlight. Do not freeze. Follow the storage range and expiry date printed on the box.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuying Gana Booster from Korean Aesthetic\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe ship worldwide from Seoul to licensed practitioners, clinics and distributors. Payment is arranged with our team after you order. See our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/shipping-policy\"\u003eshipping terms\u003c\/a\u003e. Compare other HA boosters such as \u003ca href=\"\/products\/elravie-re2o\"\u003eElravie Re2O\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/products\/hyalace\"\u003eHyalace\u003c\/a\u003e, or browse all \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/skin-boosters\"\u003eskin boosters\u003c\/a\u003e. For trade pricing, \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003econtact us\u003c\/a\u003e with your quantity and destination country.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor professional use only. Follow the manufacturer's instructions for use.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eGana Booster FAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho makes Gana Booster?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGANA R\u0026amp;D, South Korea.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is in a box?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTwo vials of 3 mL each.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes Gana Booster contain lidocaine?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo lidocaine is listed. Use topical numbing if needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs Gana Booster a filler?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. It contains cross-linked HA, but at a low concentration for skin quality, not for shaping.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow many sessions are needed?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier lists one session for most skin and 2 to 3 for badly damaged skin.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Gana","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52914223874330,"sku":null,"price":37.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0748\/5053\/3658\/files\/Gana_Booster.png?v=1793268920"},{"product_id":"caratfill-aurora","title":"Caratfill Aurora Skin Booster","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCaratfill Aurora\u003c\/strong\u003e is a Korean skin booster that combines polynucleotide (PN) from salmon DNA with hyaluronic acid (HA). Each box holds ten 5.2 mL vials. It is for professional use on the face, neck and décolleté to hydrate the skin and improve firmness, fine lines and tone.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt ships from Seoul in the original box. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003eContact us for trade pricing\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is Caratfill Aurora made of?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCaratfill Aurora is a PN + HA formula with supporting skin nutrients.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIngredient\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRole\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePolynucleotide (sodium DNA)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSalmon-derived DNA chains used for skin repair and elasticity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSodium hyaluronate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBinds water for deep hydration\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCopper tripeptide-1\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePeptide included for skin renewal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAmino acids\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBuilding blocks of skin proteins\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eExtracellular matrix components\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSupport for the dermis\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eConcentrations are not published. No anaesthetic is listed. The full ingredient list is printed on the box.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow is Caratfill Aurora used?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCaratfill Aurora is applied by a professional. Trade information describes use with microneedling (MTS), nano-needles or direct injection. The permitted method depends on the product's status in your country and on the manufacturer's instructions for use — follow those. One 5.2 mL vial is described as enough for a full face.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePhase\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSessions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eInterval\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInitial course\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3–5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEvery 1–2 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaintenance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEvery 4–6 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese are reference figures; the clinician sets the plan. With ten vials, one box covers a full course for two or more patients.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat results can be expected?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHydration shows first: skin looks fresher within days. Changes in firmness and fine lines are gradual and build over the course. Caratfill Aurora improves skin quality; it does not add volume like a filler.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow does it compare with other PN boosters?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCaratfill Aurora comes as a larger-volume vial with HA and nutrients. \u003ca href=\"\/products\/rejuran\"\u003eRejuran\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/products\/kiara-reju\"\u003eKiara Reju\u003c\/a\u003e are polynucleotide gels in pre-filled syringes. \u003ca href=\"\/products\/lemon-bottle-skin-booster\"\u003eLemon Bottle Skin Booster\u003c\/a\u003e is a PDRN, peptide and vitamin solution in 2.3 mL vials.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow should Caratfill Aurora be stored?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore the sealed vials as printed on the box, away from direct sunlight. Do not freeze. Use a vial straight after opening and discard what is left.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuying Caratfill Aurora from Korean Aesthetic\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe ship worldwide from Seoul to licensed practitioners, clinics and distributors. Payment is arranged with our team after you order. For trade pricing, \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003econtact us\u003c\/a\u003e with your quantity and destination country. Delivery details are in our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/shipping-policy\"\u003eshipping policy\u003c\/a\u003e, and the full range is under \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/skin-boosters\"\u003eKorean skin boosters\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor administration by trained, licensed medical professionals only.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCaratfill Aurora FAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat does PN + HA mean?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePolynucleotide plus hyaluronic acid. PN supports skin repair; HA hydrates.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow much is in a box?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTen vials of 5.2 mL each.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich areas is it used on?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe face, neck and décolleté.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan people with a fish allergy use it?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePN comes from salmon, so a known fish allergy is a reason not to treat. The clinician decides.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs it a filler?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. It is a skin booster for skin quality, not volume.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I order wholesale?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003eContact us\u003c\/a\u003e with your quantity and destination country.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Caratfill","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52914224234778,"sku":null,"price":131.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0748\/5053\/3658\/files\/Caratfill_Aurora_Skin_Booster.png?v=1793268920"}],"url":"https:\/\/koreanaesthetic.com\/collections\/skin-boosters.oembed?page=3","provider":"Korean Aesthetic","version":"1.0","type":"link"}